Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Exposcop 7000 Service Manual PDF
Exposcop 7000 Service Manual PDF
Exposcop 7000 Service Manual PDF
The IMS2760 Service Manual provides all the information needed to operate and perform safe and
effective service on the IMS2760. W e recommend the first-time user read the entire manual before
servicing the IMS2760 Image System.
NOTE: Reading this manual doe's not necessarily ensure the reader the ability to
service this equipment.
2.0 Safety: This Section provides safety information for the user / operator.
3.0 General Description: This section provides Basic overview of the IMS2760 image
system.
4.0 Description of Operation: This section provides the operator instructions for the
system.
6.0 Table of Signals I Symbols: This section describes the signal and symbols used in
the IMS2760 system.
8.0 IMS2760 Image System: This section contains diagrams, electrical interfaces,
schematics, illustrations,troubleshooting guides, location of major component parts of
Image System. A l s o includes, basic disk operating system commands, and definitions
of commands used to service the image system.
Appendix : This Section contains additional information on the system, i.e., Manual
revision record, unpacking and packing instructions.
Copyright 1995 by IMS Corporation. All rights reserved. Reproduction or issue to third
parties in any form is not permitted without express written authority of IMS Corporation.
INFORMATION T O ASSEMBLERS
This manual is intended for the properly trained service engineer who w i l l perform the
installation, maintenance, and calibration on the Exposcop Plus IMS2760 C - A R M system.
The procedures in this manual should not be attempted by someone who is not properly
trained to work on X-ray systems of this type.
Reading this manual does not alone qualify the reader to maintain or service the system.
This manual is intended to compliment classroom training normally required of a service
technician or field engineer familiar with this type of equipment.
This manual does not contain procedures that can be performed by the system operator.
The contents of this manual are believed accurate at the time of publication. However,
changes in design and additional features may be incorporated in the hardware or software
that are not reflected in this version of the manual.
This manual contains the accepted procedures that must be performed to insure system
compliance with the C D R H requirements. The tests outlined must be performed by a
qualified service engineer during a system's installation and prior to customer acceptance.
These tests should be performed for C D R H certified systems prior to any known
upcoming C D R H inspections.
A list of approved test equipment has been incorporated into the manual. This equipment,
or equivalent, must be used to perform these tests successfully. A record of the equipment
used, containing model number, serial number, and calibration date, should be kept with
the results.
Each test must be followed to insure proper system compliance. Whenever more than one
procedure is applicable, other acceptable test methods are incorporated i n the manual.
Check sheets are provided when necessary. A s the test procedure is accomplished, the
measurements or calculations must be annotated on the appropriate check sheet. When
the final step of the test procedure is accomplished, the data gathered on the check sheet
must be used to verify compliance.
They should be retained with the system's documents for future reference. Whenever
the system is tested by a C D R H inspector, the data contained on these check sheets w i l l be
valuable in the event of any system compliance questions.If any non-compliance cannot be
corrected, contact an authorized International Medical Systems, Inc. representative
immediately.
RESPONSIBILITY F O R M A I N T E N A N C E
This maintenance manual contains procedures by which a properly trained and qualified
service technician can keep the system operating properly and repair it should it
malfunction.
It is the responsibility of the owner of the system to ensure that installation, calibration,
modification, and repair of the system are performed only by qualified service technicians.
Circuits inside the equipment use voltages that can cause serious injury or death from
electrical shock. To avoid this hazard, operator should never be expected or allowed to
perform any type of service task except as specifically instructed in the Operator's Manual.
Detailed records must be kept when the system is installed, calibrated, and repaired. It is
the responsibility of the service technician who performs these procedures to complete the
forms listed below and send copies of the forms directly to the interested parties.
RECORD W H E N REQUIRED
SECTION # 1
INTRODUCTION
IMS2000
Service Manual
INTRODUCTION
INFORMATION TO ASSEMBLERS
H o w to Use T h i s M a n u a l
This manual is intended for the properly trained service engineer w h o w i l l perform the
installation, maintenance, and calibration on the Exposcop Plus IMS2760 C - A R M system.
The procedures i n this manual should not be attempted by someone w h o is not properly t r a i n e d
to w o r k on X-ray systems of this type.
Reading this manual does not alone qualify the reader to maintain or service the system.
This manual is intended to compliment classroom training normally required of a service
technician or field engineer familiar w i t h this type of equipment.
This manual does not contain procedures that can be performed by the system operator.
The contents of this manual are believed accurate at the time of publication. H o w e v e r , changes
i n design and additional features may be incorporated i n the hardware or software that are not
reflected i n this version of the manual.
This manual contains the accepted procedures that must be performed to insure system
compliance w i t h the C D R H requirements. The tests outlined must be performed by a
qualified service engineer during a system's installation and prior to customer acceptance.
These tests should be performed for C D R H certified systems prior to any k n o w n upcoming
C D R H inspections.
A list of approved test equipment has been incorporated into the manual. This equipment,
or equivalent, must be used to perform these tests successfully. A record of the equipment
used, containing model number, serial number, and calibration date, should be kept w i t h
the results.
Each test must be followed to insure proper system compliance. Whenever more than one
procedure is applicable, other acceptable test methods are incorporated i n the manual.
Check sheets are provided w h e n necessary. A s the test procedure is accomplished, the
measurements or calculations must be annotated on the appropriate check sheet. W h e n the
final step of the test procedure is accomplished, the data gathered on the check sheet must be
used to verify compliance.
They should be retained w i t h the system's documents for future reference. Whenever the
system is tested by a C D R H inspector, the data contained on these check sheets w i l l be
valuable i n the event of any system compliance questions.If any non-compliance cannot be
corrected, contact an authorized international M e d i c a l Systems, Inc. representative
immediately.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR M A I N T E N A N C E
It is the responsibility of the owner of the system to ensure that installation, calibration,
modification, and repair of the system are performed only by qualified service technicians.
Circuits inside the equipment use voltages that can cause serious injury or death from
electrical shock. To avoid this hazard, operator should never be expected or allowed to
perform any type of service task except as specifically instructed i n the Operator's M a n u a l .
Detailed records must be kept w h e n the system is installed, calibrated, and repaired. It is
the responsibility of the service technician w h o performs these procedures to complete the
forms listed below and send copies of the forms directly to the interested parties.
RECORD W H E N REQUIRED
TO T H E USER
RADIATION WARNING
U S E F U L A N D S C A T T E R E D B E A M S C A N C A U S E SERIOUS O R F A T A L INJURIES T O A N Y
P E R S O N S I N T H E S U R R O U N D I N G A R E A IF U S E D B Y U N S K I L L E D O P E R A T O R S .
APPROPRIATE PRECAUTIONS MUST B E T A K E N TO AVOID EXPOSURE TO THE
RADIATION B E A M A N D L E A K A G E F R O M THE SOURCE HOUSING.
I N D I V I D U A L S I N V O L V E D W I T H P L A N N I N G O F X - R A Y E Q U I P M E N T A N D ITS
INSTALLATION MUST B E COMPLETELY FAMILIAR A N D C O M P L Y WITH THE NCRP
NO. 49 ( S T R U C T U R A L S H I E L D I N G D E S I G N A N D E V A L U A T I O N F O R M E D I C A L U S E O F
X - R A Y S A N D G A M M A - R A Y S O F E N E R G I E S U P T O 10 M E V ) .
F A I L U R E TO O B S E R V E THESE W A R N I N G S C A N R E S U L T IN SERIOUS O R F A T A L
B O D I L Y INJURIES T O T H E O P E R A T O R OR PERSONS IN T H E A R E A .
A L L T H E M O V A B L E A S S E M B L I E S A N D P A R T S O F THIS E X P O S C O P 7000 S H O U L D B E
OPERATED WITH CAUTION A N D INSPECTED R E G U L A R L Y IN A C C O R D A N C E WITH THE
R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S STATED IN THE USERS A N D SERVICE M A N U A L S .
F A I L U R E T O O B S E R V E T H E A F O R E M E N T I O N E D M A Y R E S U L T IN SERIOUS O R
POSSIBLY F A T A L INJURY T O THE OPERATOR OR PERSONS IN THE A R E A .
The information in this section is intended to help the service engineer establish safe practices for
installation and maintenance of the E X P O S C O P 7000 C - A R M .
Potential hazards exist in the operation and the service of medical electronic devices and x-ray
systems. A l l users and operators must understand the safety and emergency procedures, and know
how to take adequate precautions to protect themselves and others from possible injury. A l l operators
and service engineers must be familiar with and understand the safety and emergency procedures,
operating instructions, and preventive maintenance schedules and procedures given in the operator's
manual.
Operators must know how to recognize hazardous and potentially hazardous conditions, and know
how to protect adequately themselves and others from possible injury.
RESPONSIBILITY
It is the responsibility of the owner to ensure that only trained and qualified personnel operate
the system. The operators must have obtained credentials from local, state and federal authorities
where required.
If the system fails to operate properly or fails to respond to system controls as outlined i n the
operators manual, the local authorized International Medical Systems, Inc. Dealer
representative should be called to evaluate and repair the system.
The user (Hospital Administration) is responsible for verifying continued compliance of: calibration
of m A , k V , Time/mAs, and alignment of the useful beam. This must be accomplished according to
the maintenance schedule. The owner must make sure that only trained and qualified service
personnel perform installation, maintenance, calibration, and repair of the system.
Compliance with applicable local and federal statutory and regulatory requirements is the
responsibility of the user hospital administration. The user must consult with local, state, and federal
agencies regarding requirements and regulations applicable to the use.
Address questions and comments regarding safety to the appropriate International Medical
Systems, Inc. Dealer representative.
Possible hazards associated with unsafe operation of this type equipment are described below with
the safety precaution that should be taken.
A l l persons working with or who are exposed to X-ray tubes must take precautions to protect
themselves against serious injury. ( Be alert as carelessness can cause serious or even
fatal injuries).
b. Hot oil: Tube housings contain dielectric oil which can reach high temperatures. If the tube
housing ruptures due to overload the hot oil can cause serious burns.
c. X-ray radiation: X-ray tubes produce X-radiation that is dangerous, possibly fatal.
The operator should always be alert observing the motorized movement of the vertical tube arm
assembly, or rotation of the C - A r m portion to avoid collision with any person or object.
The system must never be used in the presence of flammable anesthetics, or other flammable gasses,
liquids, or vapors. Gasses and vapors can be ignited by electrical arcs that can occur during normal
operation of power contactors, switches, circuit breakers, and other circuit components.
If flammable liquids, gasses, or vapors are present before the system is turned on, do not unplug
it and do not turn it on.
If flammable substances are detected after the system has been turned on, Do not turn the system
off; do not touch any of the controls, switches, or knobs; do not unplug it.
Remove all personnel immediately. Then ventilate the room to clear room of
flammable vapor or gas. Remove any flammable liquids that are producing
flammable vapors to a safe storage area.
Before cleaning the equipment always unplug the A C power cable from the wall.
Water, liquid soap, or other liquids, if allowed to drip into the equipment will cause
electrical short circuits possibly leading to electrical shock or fire hazards. For this
reason food or beverages containers should never be allowed on any parts of the equipment. They can
tip over and introduce conductive substances into the electrical circuitry.
The E X P O S C O P 7000 should never be operated in a location where conductive fluids such as water,
saline solution etc. may spill on any part of the equipment unless the equipment is covered by a
protective waterproof draping.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
High voltage is present in the equipment always. Disconnect the power supply from the source
of power before removing any of the covers. Serious or fatal injuries can result from accidental
contact with high voltage circuits. To avoid this hazard, operators should never under any
circumstances remove any of the unit's covers.
1. High voltage transformer and X-ray tube assemblies —upwards of 110,000 volts.
If equipment must be serviced with the covers removed, then observe the following precautions:
Observe the two-person rule when working around or near lethal voltages. A person who is familiar
with the emergency power removal procedure must be present. This person must remain clear
of the machine and be prepared to turn of the machine in an emergency.
D o not perform maintenance in any area without fully understanding the circuits and voltages present.
Maintenance and repair of the E X P O S C O P 7000 should only be done by a trained and qualified
service person. Never assume a capacitor is discharged. Use a grounded shorting device when
working on circuits with capacitors, even when power is disconnected. B e sure the connections to
the system are proper as described in the installation section of this manual.
Do not remove the Ground wire from the Generator and High Voltage Tank. Failure to ground the
Generator and High Voltage Tank properly can create a shock hazard that could cause serious bodily
injury or death. It is essential that a proper earth ground be provided as specified in the installation
section. These protective grounds should be inspected periodically.
Radiation Safety
The X-ray tube assembly produces X-radiation when energized. Never operate this device without
proper X-ray shielding in place.
The owner must designate areas suitable for safe operation and service of the system. The owner
must ensure that it is used only in these designated areas.
Radiation protection surveys and X-ray system calibration checks must be completed by trained
and qualified experts. The radiation survey reports must show that the installed equipment meets
requirements of the U . S . Department of Health and Human Services and all local, state, and federal
regulations before the system may be routinely used.
The system must be operated only by trained qualified personnel who understand the use of X-ray
tubes, collimation devices, patient positioning, and radiation safety procedures.
With the installation of X-ray systems consideration of room shielding (lead), ability of floor, ceiling,
and walls to attenuate scatter radiation. The use of lead draping and other necessary precautions to
provide necessary protection for personnel should be observed.
Physician in charge of a radiological procedure must ensure that all personnel in the room are
provided with protective clothing that must be worn with radiation monitoring devices.
X-RAY T U B E S A F E T Y
The X-ray tube can generate extremely high temperatures in its anode portion during operation.
The heat generated in the anode is radiated to the dielectric oil inside the tube housing. This heat is
conducted through the housing and radiates to the air. Misuse of the tube can result in a rupture of the
tube housing causing hot o i l to escape, potentially resulting i n serious burns. (Operators of the
system should take all necessary precautions to avoid a rupture and hot oil
leakage).
M a i n A C power can be interrupted by loss of service outlet, overloads that blow fuses or trip circuit
breakers. The owner should have a dedicated, properly rated power line installed for this system
helping to avoid these problems. Should power failure occur, do not use emergency lighting circuit i f
the system is operated with a line plug. The system should remain off until power is restored.
SYSTEM PROBLEM
Repeated circuit breaker tripping or blown fuse after resetting or replacment, may suggest an
equipment malfunction. D o not attempt to operate the system until a qualified service technician can
evaluate the system and repair if needed.
If any of the system controls fail to respond as described in the Operators Manual, the operator
should if the circumstances allow:
2. Disconnect the system from outlet power or turn off wall breaker.
The owner should develop emergency policies and procedure for the operator in the area the system
is installed. This w i l l included the following safety measures:
1. Turn off equipment and disconnect the system from the main A C power.
3. C a l l for help
The owner is responsible for maintaining the system and must not allow any unauthorized
modifications to the system.
-Components affecting the safety of the equipment are not replaced on failure by original spare
parts.
-The electrical installation of the room concerned does not comply with requirements specified in
the DHHS-Supplement and Adjusting Instructions.
-The equipment is not used in conformity with the instructions for installation, or for use.
UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS
Unauthorized changes or modifications to any part of the system may have hazardous results.
Changes or modifications of the system must not be made unless specifically authorized by
International Medical Systems, Inc. and performed by qualified trained dealer service representatives
of International Medical Systems, Inc..
When properly assembled and installed this diagnostic source assembly w i l l fully meet the Federal
Performance Standards of Diagnostic X - R a y Systems and their components (21CFR 1020.30 - 32),
provided no unauthorized modifications, components or parts are removed from this unit and no
unauthorized adjustments are made in the beam limit device.
No adjustments or any parts may be removed from the beam-limiting device unless under the
direction of International Medical Systems, Inc. or their authorized dealers.
The IMS2760 is a digital image processing system designed to extend the advantages of Digital Image
Technology to C - A r m Fluoroscopy. IMS2760 has image enhancement processing capabilities that answer
specific needs for a variety of clinical C - A r m applications performed during fluoroscopy.
The IMS2760 Image System is an integral part of the C - A r m system, designed to work hand-in-hand with
the C - A r m control.The Image Processor is activated by the C - A r m footswitch or handswitch and
controlled by the C - A r m control panel and the monitor cart control keyboard. The IMS2760 acquires video
from the video camera of the C - A r m .
The unique software of the IMS2760 improves the image by reducing noise, acquiring images at a true 10
bit gray scale, 1365H x 525V line time digital acquisition, real-time edge enhancement and displaying high
line 1287H x 1049V processed video images on two high resolution black anti-glare monitors. The user
can manipulate the image, i.e., freeze, store or make a hardcopy printout of the image displayed on the
monitor. The user may retrieve any stored image from a digital disk, manipulate the image, i.e., zoom,
minify, edge-enhance, electronic shuttering (Image Crop) etc. on the retrieved image . With version > 01
ISM2760 software the system will do D S A / M S A / R S A and 4F/Sec cine runs to include remask, variable
mask landmarking, and with direct store of images to the dynamic disk drive. Start date of delivery
04/01/96
The IMS2760 includes I M A G E P A G E D I S P L A Y function. The 16 images are displayed on the right
or " B " monitor for image reference during fluoroscopy work and transfer images during minification,
hard copy selection and other image post processing features.
Live images are displayed during 2 - 4 Frame cine loop acquisition on the left monitor and the acquired
images a 2- 4 F/Sec are displayed on the right monitor .
The IMS2760 C - A r m Image Processing System was developed with a modular design and simple
C - A r m interface allowing for quick and efficient repairs. High-reliability parts were used in its design
and affords a long service life with upgrade-ability in system design.
Block diagrams that illustrate the main components and interconnection of the IMS2760 Image
Processing System and C - A r m 7000 refer to Figure 3-1 page 2 of this section.
l !
§4
0 t3
1
Q (J x 5
H ic u a
I !
CC Q HQ
otn
y
OS
ID W
3
y
w
J
! c 03 y
Ic
— s1
Is
L
ejtaureo DOG
U3
Video Outputs:
Compatibility: - R S I 7 0 and 1049 High L i n e Rate
Disk Storage:
Type - >850 M B I D E / A T A Digital Disk
IMS2000
Service Manual
ZIEHM
EXPOSCOP 7000
IMS
USERS M A N U A L
DIGITAL H I G H
FREQUENCY MOBIL
C-ARM
Page
Table of Contents 2
4.1.0 Introduction
1.1 General 6
4.2.1 General 6
4.2.2 Radiation W a r n i n g 7
4.2.3 Electro-Mechanical W a r n i n g 8
4.2.4 Electrical G r o u n d i n g Instructions 8
4.2.5 Gettering 8
4.2.6 Installation a n d Environment 8
4.2.7 Transportation Position and Transport 9
4.2.8 Reserved 10
4.2.9 Getter 10
4.2.10 Laser 10
4.2.11 Laser Labels 10
4.3.0 Installation 11
4.3.1 S h i p p i n g Container 11
4.3.2 Unpacking 11
4.3.3 Mounting 11
4.3.4 System Interconnection 12
4.5.0 Maintenance 16
4.6.1 Orbital 21
4.6.2 Rotation 21
4.6.3 Swivel 21
7.6.4 Horizontal 21
4.6.5 Vertical 21
4.6.6 Brake/Steering 21
4.7.1 Basic 23
4.7.2 Control Panel C - M o b i l e Stand 24
4.7.3 Monitor Control Panel 25
4.8.1 Fluoroscopy 26
4.8.2 Pulse Fluoroscopy 26
4.4.8.3 Snapshot 26
4.8.4 Fluoroscopic Programs 26
4.8.5 M S A ( M a x i m u m Opacification) 27
4.8.6 R S A ( R O A D M A P ) Subtracted Vascular Pathway 28
4.8.7 D S A ( Digital Subtracted Dynamic Image Acquisition) 29
4.8.8 Metal 30
4.8.9 Soft 30
4.8.10 1/2 Dose 30
4.8.11 Contrast / Image recall 30
4.9.0 C o n t r o l - M o b i l Stand 31
4.9.1 k V Adjustment 31
4.9.2 Magnification - Z o o m 31
4.9.3 Monitor Selection 31
4.9.4 Image Rotation 31
4.9.5 Image Reversal, H o r i z o n t a l a n d Vertical 32
4.9.6 Iris Collimator 32
4.9.7 Slot C o l l i m a t o r 32
4.9.8 Image Transfer 32
4.9.9 Image Store 32
4.10.1 k V Display 33
4.10.2 m A Display 33
4.10.3 Exposure Time 33
4.10.4 Dose Area Product Display 33
4.10.5 Fluoroscopy Time Display 34
4.10.6 Audio Alarm 34
4.10.7 Error, Overheating 34
4.10.8 Exposure Indicator 34
4.10.9 Error Codes 34
RESERVED
4.14.1 Cleaning 40
4.14.2 Disinfection 40
4.14.3 Sterilization 40
Technical Data 41
Thermal C u r v e Table 42
C o o l i n g C u r v e Table 43
Statement of Compliance 43
Focal Spot Position and Reference '. 44
C - A r m Dimensions 45
k V / m A Curve 1 46
kV/mACurve2 46
kV/mACurve3 47
kV/mACurve4 47
kV/mACurve5 48
Registration N u m b e r 49
M e a s u r i n g Data for Radiation Protection 49
Certificate for Standard Measuring Data 49
X-ray Tube Performance 51
Protective Tube H o u s i n g Test 52
4.1.1 General
This manual should be thoroughly read and understood before any attempt is made
to install, operate or service this equipment. Close attention should be p a i d to the
safety precautions contained i n Section 3.
.2 SPECIAL FEATURES
* The function 1/2 dose reduces the dose rate b y one-half w h i c h is very
effective d u r i n g extended procedures. Pulsed fluoroscopy may be selected
to half the dose once more; i.e., to one quarter of the standard dose rate.
This is advisable especially for children.
4.2.1 General
The user of this manual is directed to carefully read and review the instructions,
warnings and cautions contained herein prior to the installation, operation or
service of this equipment.
Important Instruction
The manufacturer is considered responsible for the effects on the security,
reliability and capacity of the equipment if:
a) installation, alterations or repairs are executed f r o m persons w h o are
authorized;
b) the electrical installation of the room i n w h i c h the E X P O S C O P 7000
is used corresponds to the regulations of the V D E 0107;
c) the equipment is used i n correspondence w i t h the user manual.
4.2.2 Radiation W a r n i n g
This equipment produces X-rays which are dangerous to both operator and others
i n the vicinity unless established safe exposure procedures are strictly observed.
The useful and scattered beams can produce serious or fatal bodily injuries to any
persons i n the surrounding area if used improperly. Adequate precautions must
always be taken to avoid exposure to the useful beam, as w e l l as to leakage f r o m
w i t h i n the source housing or to scattered radiation resulting from the passage of
radiation through matter.
Radiography: 1.5 m m 2
4.2.3 Electro-mechanical W a r n i n g
D o not remove the covers from the generator until the power has been turned off.
Failure to comply w i t h the foregoing may result i n serious injuries to the operator or
those i n the v i c i n i t y .
4.2.5 Gettering
It is advisable to use the equipment for one hour at least after an uninterrupted
storage of six months. T u r n only the power of the E X P O S C O P 7000 on and leave it
i n this mode. D O N O T X-RAY! By performing this procedure, the life expectancy
of the Image Intensifier w i l l essentially be increased. Therefore we recommend a
l o g book where a l l operating hours, getter times and service hours are documented.
NOTE: This equipment is not for use in the presence offlammable anesthetics or
other explosive gases. Failure to heed this warning may result in a fire
or an explosion.
Transport Position of C - A r m
4.2.9 Getter
It is recommended that if the system is out of service consecutively for six months,
to turn on the unit for a m i n i m u m of one hour. The system needs to be only turned o n
d u r i n g that time. DON'T RADIATE. W h i l e d o i n g this, the life time of the image
intensifier is dramatically increased.
A t this time it is suggested to keep a n operation l o g and note all operating times,
getter times and service dates.
ATTENTION
LASER B E A M
DON'T L O O K INTO THE B E A M
ALSO N O T WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
L A S E R C L A S S 3 A , I E C 825
W h e n operating the laser light beam, the "Guidelines for the User I E C 825, M a i n
Chapter 3" have to be f o l l o w e d .
The m a x i m u m output power of the laser beam is <2 m W . The wavelength of the
emitted power is 670 n m . The laser guidance system is service free. H o w e v e r ,
should an adjustment or a repair be required, this has to be performed by the
manufacturer or authorized person only.
PICTURE 3
4.3.1 S h i p p i n g Container
The E X P O S C O P 7000 is shipped on a single pallet and contains the mobile stand,
monitor cart, an unmounted case assembly, and a box containing manuals, cassettes
and a cassette holder. The equipment should be carefully inspected and any
shipping damage must be reported immediately to the shipping carrier i n the form
of a damage claim.
4.3.2 U n p a c k i n g - E X P O S C O P 7000
Remove the outside of the shipping container and inspect for any shipping
damage. Remove the monitors and the box containing the manuals and cassettes.
N O T E : T h e three short wooden blocks below one end of the pallet may be unbolted
and removed to tip the pallet. This w i l l facilitate the removal of the
monitor cart and mobile stand.
Remove monitor from container strapped to the pallet. Release the brakes o n the
front wheels and carefully place the monitor cart on the floor. Remove the metal
brackets h o l d i n g the mobile stand, release the hand brake (lift the lever located
in the center of the control panel) and carefully place the stand on the floor.
NOTE: Care must be exercised when removing brackets to prevent paint form
being scratched or chipped.
NOTE: To avoid damage to the x-ray system with large temperature deviation,
allow all parts of the system to obtain room temperature before use.
4.3.3 M o u n t i n g - E X P O S C O P 7000
The monitor set is the only item which requires mounting. The monitors are clearly
identified as either left or right (as viewed f r o m the front).
Remove the rear panel of the monitors and place the monitor case assembly o n the
cart's mounting surface. Route the wiring into the monitors from the hole i n the
bottom and secure with four A l l e n screws from below.
The power cord and video cable are connected at the rear of the monitor. T w o
additional wires are then connected; one on the monitor board and one on the yoke
rotation board. The wires, and the location they connect to, are individually
marked. A two-wire cable is provided for the left monitor and is connected to the
cable w h i c h services the amber light on top. Attach the ground wires to the rear
panel and cart and secure the rear panel and access plate.
The monitor is the only item w h i c h requires mounting. H o l d the monitor upright
and attach to horizontal travel a r m w i t h the provided four bolts securing tightly
Attach cable connector end from monitor assembly to connector o n mobile stand
w i t h p r o v i d e d hardware. M a k e sure cable is draped as not to interfere w i t h the
mobile stand movements.
E X P O S C O P 7000
The monitor cart and mobile stand are connected w i t h a single heavy-duty cable
w h i c h attaches at the rear of the monitor cart. It should be connected before the
system is powered on. The line cord o n the monitor cart should be plugged into a
properly grounded and rated outlet.
The instructions for system check-out require that the operator has read this entire
manual and is familiar w i t h the operation of this equipment.
Inspect the A C power cord o n the system to ensure that it is compatible with the
A C power receptacle. Verify that the A C line voltage is proper for the operation
of the equipment
WARNING: The unit must be grounded through the U-Shaped grounding prong
of the line plug. D o not use a 3-prong to 2-prong adapter unless
properly installed by a licensed electrician. Failure to comply
w i t h the foregoing may cause serious or fatal injuries to the
operator and other persons i n the surrounding area.
NOTE: Line voltage must be set to match service. For voltages above a n d
below 110 V A C , the line voltage must be adjusted at the
appropriate terminal block i n the lower rear of the monitor cart or
i n the mobile stand w i t h the 7000 option.
The installation of this x-ray equipment m a y include a check of the leakage current.
This should be performed w i t h a properly calibrated leakage meter, i n accordance
w i t h the leakage meter instructions.
Inspect the ground leads for solid ground connections. Insert a properly calibrated
leakage meter (with 100 o h m input impedance) i n series w i t h the E X P O S C O P 7000
line cord according to the leakage meter instructions. T u r n o n power and verify that
the leakage current does not exceed 100 u A i n either normal or reversed line
polarity. Disconnect the leakage meter and insert the E X P O S C O P 7000 line cord
into the A C receptacle. Connect the black lead of the leakage meter to an exposed
metal surface of the E X P O S C O P 7000 according to the leakage meter instructions.
T u r n o n power and verify that the leakage current is less than 100 m A .
Release the hand brake o n the mobile cart b y p u l l i n g the handle u p and check that
the cart moves freely and m a y be steered by turning the brake handle.
T u r n o n system power at the monitor cart control panel, a n d verify that the vertical
position motor can raise and lower the C - A r m w h e n operated from the mobile cart
control pane key
•
installed allows power to be turned o n from the monitor cart.
' -1 " " ^
o
r
OFF ON
NOTE: When power is switched off, there is a starting circuit always powered.
For complete disconnection from Mains Power the power cord plug must be
removed from the wall power outlet socket.
4.4.4 Operation
X-Ray equipment operators should protect themselves and others i n the area w i t h
such devices as lead aprons or shields. A l l standard safety precautions must be
observed and exposure to the X-ray beam must be strictly avoided. The collimator
may be used to restrict the radiation beam d u r i n g checkout.
W i t h the system properly connected and power is turned on, the keyboard display
w i l l indicate a l l zeros d u r i n g w a r m u p . A t the same time, the shutters w i l l open to
m a x i m u m and the monitor yokes rotate to normal position. The f o l l o w i n g default
operating mode w i l l be selected:
Check that the slot a n d iris collimators m a y be opened a n d closed a n d the slot
collimator can rotate. Check that the image reversal and magnification (zoom)
functions operate properly a n d that the " k V manual" mode m a y be selected a n d
the k V setting may be adjusted manually. See information o n " k V M a n u a l " .
Verify that the monitor image may be rotated from the controls on the mobile
stand. E X P O S C O P 7000 w i t h M o n i t o r Cart
Check that the cassette light o n the monitor cart keyboard is muminated w h e n
the f i l m cassette is fully inserted i n the documentation camera.
4.4.5 E X P O S C O P 7000 O P T I O N
The C - A r m provides all the standard features of the E X P O S C O P but without the
need for the monitor cart.
The monitor can be positioned on either side of the C - A r m for view b y the
physician. The technologist can v i e w and position the C - A r m mobile stand u s i n g
the small video monitor attached to the rear of the 17 monitor.
The inspection procedure listed i n Table 1 should be performed b y the user of the
equipment.
TABLE 1
A
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS INTERVAL INSTRUCTIONS
4.5.3.1 k V Adjustment
4.5.3.2 m A Adjustment
Quantitative M e t h o d
These values are general and should not be take as absolute values
1/2 D o s e : 6 9 ± 2 k V / 2 . 1 ± 0 . 4 m A
1/1 D o s e : 7 2 ± 2 k V / 2 . 7 ± 0 , 4 m A
The beam centering a n d size has to be checked periodically, also if the unit is o u t
of operation for a longer time period.
Centering:
Position at the image intensifier center an object (e.g., measuring plate, center cross
hair).
Focus-Object-Distance F O D - 90 C M
m a x i m u m deviation from center < 2% F O D
Field size shutters: The primary shutters must be visible at monitor screen.
Protective Earth T e r m i n a l
Earth
O " W h e n power is switched off, there is a
starting circuit always powered. For
complete disconnection from M a i n s the
power cord plug must be removed from
IEC 417-5017 Symbol.
the w a l l power outlet socket
The mechanical brakes for the C - A r m should always be secured i n the locked position. This is
especially important when the equipment is i n transport.
The locked position of the handles may be adjusted b y lifting the spring-loaded handle,
rotating it to a new position and dropping it back d o w n .
TV Camera
Image Intensifier
Cassette Holder
Orbital Brake
Horizontal Brake
Rotational Brake
Cable Guards
PICTURE 4
A
N O T E : P O Cable is for interconnecting the C - A r m and Monitor Cart. The C - A r m
P O cable attachment point is s h o w n above i n picture 4. The attachment connector
for the monitor cart is shown i n picture 5.
IDDIflODD DDDDDDDfl
Dual Monitor
1 0 1 00 00 0 D00DDDDD
Control Keyboard Panel iBiimiiiiiiini
Video Paper
Printer
,,'Power Cord & PO
' Cable Holder
, PO Cable Attachement
to monitor Cart
Power Cord
S , Video Out
0D
Potential Balance Ground
nn
Picture 5
A t the rear of the monitor cart is a BNC-connector for V i d e o Out. There is a RS-170 video signal w i t h
the image f r o m the left monitor for use w i t h external video recording machines or external monitors
or printers and so on.
NOTE: The use of A C C E S S O R Y equipment not complying w i t h the equivalent safety requirements of
this equipment m a y lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting system. Consideration relating to
the choice shall include:
© Contrast Control with Pull Switch Optional Paper Printer Operators Viewing
Main Position = Normal Contrast Monitor
Pulled = Manual Adjustment
Brightness Control with Pull Switch Optional 7000 Single
Main Position = Normal Contrast C - Mounted M o n i t o r
Pulled = Manual Adjustment
4.6.2 Rotation
the C - A r m can be rotated ± 225 degrees around if horizontal arm and position locked
w i t h the aid of the brake.
4.6.3 Swivel
4.6.4 H o r i z o n t a l Movement
4.6.5 Vertical M o v e m e n t
The 43 c m of vertical travel is accomplished under motor control and may be operated
from the mobile stand control panel (up-down arrows) from either side.
4.6.6 Brake/Steering
The brake lever is used for both steering and braking. W h e n it is pushed d o w n , the
brakes are engaged. W h e n it is lifted, the brakes are released. The mobile stand m a y
easily be maneuvered into the desired position by pushing the handles on either side as
illustrated i n Picture 7a. The two wheels located beneath the lever may also be steered
as illustrated i n Pictures 7b and 7c.
*Start Fluoroscopy
Various Fluoroscopy Programs
Snapshot Technique
Pulsed Fluoroscopy
M a n u a l Control of k V
Z o o m (Magnification)
Image Integration for Noise Reduction
M u l t i - F o r m a t Storage
Image Reversal
Image Rotation
Iris C o l l i m a t i o n
Slot collimation w i t h Rotation
The Fluoro operation can be released via hand or foot switch. Contrast and
brightness for the T V monitors can be individually adjusted if the corresponding
knob is pulled out. If the corresponding contrast button is i n the push-in position,
the preset values are obtained, w h i c h generally provides optimal results. In that
position, both contrast and brightness of the corresponding monitor cannot be
changed.
W i t h release of the Fluoro switch, the radiation is interrupted and the last i m a g e
is held at the left monitor.
P I C T U R E 8 illustrates the
differences among continuous,
pulsed, and snapshot fluoroscopy. Continues Flouroscopy
W h e n radiation is present, the
live image is displayed. W h e n Al IA I IA l 1 A
radiation is not present, the last Pulsed Mode
live image w i l l be held and w i l l
continue to be displayed on the
left monitor until a new Fluoro Snapshot Technique
image is displayed.
Picture 8
Ok! 3 51
LASER
in
DOSE
© ® © ©
i i I_I I_I o o o o i i i i i i i i II I_I U u '— 1
fl @
i
L_I i _ l l _ l
KV
I—I' u LJ.LJ
s
i_i I _ J O 1
o M1N
IS
o
• MSA
&—
o
A A
KV i s EL.
METAL
p> )
SOFT
|<xa> lf
DSA
M l
PICTURE 9
Page Page
1. Vertical position motorized 16 22. Radiography Time Select 28
2. Laser O n / O f f 29 23. Image Reversal Vertical 22
3. OFF 12 24. Image Reversal H o r i z o n t a l 22
4. O N 12 25. Image Rotation - Left Monitor Select 22
5. Reset O n radiation time and audio alarm25 26. Image Rotation - Right M o n i t o r Select 22
6. H a r d c o p y Paper Printer 27 27. Image Rotation 22
7. Z o o m I + II 22 28. Subtraction Type M o d e s 22
8. 1/2 Dose 21 29. Organ Button 22
9. Fluoroscopy 20 30. Image Store (Disk) 20
10. k V - Manual 22 31. L i v e Image Transfer - L e f t / R i g h t M o n i t o r . . . 20
11. Pulsed Fluoroscopy 20 32. M e t a l Filter Function 20
12. Snapshot 20 33. Soft Filter Function 20
13. M a n u a l k V Adjustment 22 34. Remote Contrast C o n t r o l 21
14. Slot C o l l i m a t o r Close 23 35. k V Display 24
15. Slot C o l l i m a t o r O p e n 23 36. m A Display 24
16. Slot Collimator Left T u r n 23 37. Exposure Time D i s p l a y 20
17. Slot C o l l i m a t o r Right T u r n 23 38. Dose Rate D i s p l a y / Error Messages 24
18. Iris Collimator Close 23 39. Fluoroscopy T i m e D i s p l a y 20
19. Iris C o l l i m a t o r O p e n 23 40. T e m p . S y m b o l (Failure Overheating Indicator)20
20. Radiography M o d e 28 41. Radiation Indicator 25
21. Radiography F i e l d Size 28
P I C T U R E 10
Section Section
1. Power O N / O f f 17 22. Image Forward Reverse Recall 20
2. New Patient File 18 23. Image Page 20
3. Alpha Keys 18 24. Patient File 20
4. Enter 18 25. Hardcopy 20
5. Delete/Backspace Key 18 26. Left to Right Image Transfer 20
6. Numerical Keys 18 27. Cine Edit 20
7. Text Insert Key 18 28. Right to Left Image Transfer 20
8. Shift Key 18 29. Cine Recall 20
9. mAs 19 30. Inv Video 20
10. RSA 19 31. Auto Store 21
11. DSA 19 32. Cine Store 21
12. Edge 19 33. Image Store 21
13. Noise 19 34. Image Crop 22
14. U H Noise 19 35. Arrow Keys 22
15. WNDW 19 36. 40n 1 22
16. VCR 19 37. WNDW/Level 22
17. Text O N / O F F 19 38. M A G WNDW 22
18. Frame Rate 19 39. Escape 22
19. Mask 19 40. Shift Mask 22
20. CineReset 19 41. Sharp 22
21. Cine 19
SEE ALSO SECTION 4.15 TO 4.20 FOR FURTHER IMAGE
PROCESSOR KEY FUNCTIONS.
* Thorax
Press the hand or footswitch to start fluoro. The right monitor displays the
Live fluoroscopy image while the left monitor displays the subtracted peak-
opacified image after the mask has automatically been acquired.
Press the RSA key on the C-Arm control or the monitor control keyboard
to enable the ROADMAP FUNCTION. Peak opacification will
automatically be enabled for the first part of the procedure.
Press the hand or footswitch to start fluoro. The right monitor displays the
Live fluoroscopy image while the left monitor displays the subtracted
peak-opacified image after the mask has automatically been acquired.
When the subtracted image is displayed on the left monitor with INJECT
message and optional audible alert is heard start the contrast injection.
Auto store may be turned on with MSA to store the image at the time the
foot or handswitch is released.
Select body region key and perform fluoroscopy for correct patient
position and orientation.
Release the footswitch or hand switch when the desired vascular anatomy
has been visualized. The acquired images w i l l automatically be replayed in a
continuous loop. U n t i l the user exits D S A or starts a new acquisition.
The Acquired images are temporally stored on the dynamic disk until the
operator presses the C I N E STORE key w h i c h protects the image run
form being over written. Five cine runs can be stored for the active patient.
NOTE: The activation of the footswitch over rides all other activities. Therefore the
operator should press the store key on the C-Arm or the cine store key on the
monitor keyboard to protect image acquisition before starting a new procedure.
If there are parts of metal on the ray path, the image on the monitor
is displayed too bright. This key causes the image to be displayed
richer in contrast at a tube voltage of > 50 kV. It can be added to
every fluoroscopy program.
4.8.11 Contrast K e y s
The Contrast keys have more than one use depending o n options purchased
and mode of operations selected.
Contrast k e y operations:
2) C I N E / D S A : ( O p t i o n Module)
Contrast Key's are set to recall images only. Press Contrast key's to
step one image per press forward or reverse or hold key d o w n to
4.9.1 k V Adjustment - M a n u a l M o d e
1. N o r m a l zoom L E D off
2. Z o o m 1 L E D on
3. Zoom 2 L E D blinking
NOTE: The select button for the right monitor is not used with compact
unit.
Hold any button down for a longer duration. The iris motor speed will
gradually increase.
Hold both buttons down at the same time. Iris will open to maximum size.
NOTE: With Compact unit, this function can only be used in conjunction
with the monitor cart connected.
4.10.1 k V Display
4.10.2 m A Display
l_l l_l l_l l_l l_l measuring equipment of the dose area product can taken from the
I I I I I I I I I I enclosed.
cGy cm 2
W i t h (optional) dose meter, the "zero time" key and " 1 / 2 dose"
key have the following double function:
This key takes over the function of the " R E S E T " key. That means
dose area product and fluoroscopy time display are reset.
M L N ®
®
If generator is overheated, the overheating indicator is flashing If
the single pulse or exposure mode is turned on, it is switched
back to the fluoroscopy mode and the tube voltage is limited to
0.5 mA. If this indicator is continuously flashing, the equipment
must be turned off. Before turning on again, the generator must
be cooled down.
m
V remain in display window, they become significant. Please
cGycm 2
inform your Service Representative about the code number and
serial number of system.
Since the rube current remains fixed and the k V setting is set for
optimum penetration, the dose may be controlled further only by
varying the duration of radiography. The time may be set from
0.1 sec. to 4.0 sec. The time is set w i t h button 22 and displayed
at location 4 on the mobile stand, if exposure chart is deleted.
PICTURE 10
Handle
The collimator size is set during radiography for the size film
used. Either 24,30 or 40 centimeters may be selected (in the
USA the 30 and/or 40 cm modes are disabled).
WARNING:
LASER RADIATION
A V O I D DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE
A L S O N O T WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
LASER CLASS 3A, IEC 825
- For safety reasons, the laser automatically turns off after one minute.
- Peak power is <2 m w wavelength 670 n m .
- Observe the guidelines for the user, according to I E C 825, Chapter 3.
Disconnect from power source before attempting to clean or disinfect the unit.
4.14.1 Cleaning
To clean the unit, use a towel that is moisturized with water and common
cleaning solution. Do not use abrasive cleansers or solvents that contain alcohol
or gasoline traces, or concentrated spot remover solutions.
Never spray onto equipment — cleaning solution must not enter equipment.
In the monitor screen, use pure alcohol or diluted alcohol with 2/3 distilled
water mix.
Immediately after cleaning the screens, wipe with dry cotton cloth all
surrounding painted surfaces until they are dry.
4.14.2 Disinfection
Disinfection sprays cannot be used since the spray mist could get inside the
equipment that could jeopardize its safety. Electronic components could get
damaged and solution vapor gases could ignite.
4.14.3 Sterilization
Safety Classification Safety Class I, Type B Equipment, Ordinary Equipment, Equipment not
suitable for use w i t h flammable atmosphere, Continuous Operation Equipment.
THERMAL CURVE
20 57,4 41 58,0
Statement of Compliance:
Registration N u m b e r
OC8510253-02
C O M P L I E S W I T H D E P A R T M E N T OF H E A L T H A N D H U M A N SERVICES (DHHS)
R A D I A T I O N P E R F O R M A N C E S T A N D A R D S , 21 C F R S U B C H A P T E R J.
Type: E X P O S C O P P L U S Serial N o .
Filter 25 m m A l u m i n u m
92 c m focus-U-distance w i t h grid
cm mR/s kV mA
Technical data:
Exposure time
(Radiography): 0.1 sec - 4 sec
Manufacturer: Ziehm G m b H
Production N o . : 912/
Manufacturer: Ziehm G m b H
Production N o . :
Date:
X-ray U n i t
Registration N o . BY 2 8 7 / 8 4 / R O
k V - m A are constant pairs and are directly indicated at the control desk - mobile stand
( D I N 6811 of January 1972, Point 33.1.2).
Insert lead apron, e.g. 0.5 m m P b , into the radiation i n a w a y that the complete input field
of image intensifier is covered. The digital k V indication must increase from
approximately 40 k V to approximately 70 k V .
The LMS2760 Digital image system software has been written to be direct i n its approach for user operation. (In
other words, it is more user friendly.)
W h e n power is turned on, the image system w i l l do a few self-tests. Several beeps m a y be heard a n d are normal
for boot-up routines. After approximately 30-40 seconds, the system w i l l display R E A D Y F O R F L U O R O on the
left Process display monitor. A t this time, the image system is ready to acquire images from the C - A r m T . V .
chain.
The Exposcop Plus w i l l start operation i n the non-specified patient record. The non-specified patient record
allows the unfamiliar technologist to operate the Exposcop Plus w i t h ease. They are not required to enter
patient name or I.D. number. The system w i l l allow the images to be stored i n a loop of 16 or 32 images
depending o n system options. This means if y o u start at #ONE (1) for a new procedure and y o u have stored 32
images, the next image to be stored w o u l d be at # one (1). This w i l l overwrite the previously stored image at #
one (1) on the image disk.
NOTE: We recommend the use of non-specified patient record for emergency procedures when long term storag
(more that just a few minutes) is not needed.
For archiving images to HARDCOPY film or paper printer. It is necessary to have all patient information on
the screen. We recommend using the patient file for this purpose.
T E R M I N O L O G Y U S E D I N O P E R A T I O N S E C T I O N S 14.15 -14.20.8
PROCESS MONITOR:
This generally refers to the left monitor display. H o w e v e r , i n certain circumstances the left monitor
w i l l be used as the reference display monitor. This w i l l occur w h e n the L I V E I M A G E T R A N S F E R
selection is made from the C - A R M control keyboard.
The P R O C E S S M O N I T O R is used to display all live images for fluoroscopic procedures and to
display process image functions, i.e., four (4) o n one (1), S H A R P , W I N D O W L E V E L , a n d M A G
W I N D O W , etc . . .
REFERENCE MONITOR:
This generally refers to the right monitor display. H o w e v e r , i n certain circumstances the right monitor
w i l l be used as the process display monitor. This w i l l occur w h e n the L I V E I M A G E T R A N S F E R
selection is made from the C - A R M control keyboard.
C - A R M CONTROL KEYBOARD:
This refers to the C - A r m mobile keyboard controlling all c-arm functions, i.e.selection of
fluoroscopy, pulse fluoro, snapshot, collimator controls, k V / m A displays, etc.
The monitor cart control keyboard has several different overlays for key functions. The overlays are
designed to w o r k w i t h software version and options purchased.
IMS2760:
This refers to the image processors system located i n the monitor cart of the Exposcop 7000 C - A r m
starting M a r c h 28,19 96. This image processor provides highspeed image A n a l o g to digital conversion
at 10 bits of gray scale. The real time image processors allows the storage a n d recall of images at f u l l
10 bit gray scale. This makes the EMS2760 is one of the most advanced image systems for C - A r m
use today.
CINE:
MAG WNDW:
This refers to the use of the image processor to display a selected image magnified by a factor 2 or 4
times.
4onl:
Feature allowing the display of four image on one monitor for documentation.
WNDW/LEVEL:
TEXT A N N O T A T I O N :
Refers to the use of text i n p u t for patient information for displays o n monitors and image identification
for documentation.
TEXT INSERT:
Refers to the entry and display of information typed from the keyboard to place labels, or graphic
pointers for anatomical notation i n the image.
NON-SPECIFIED PATIENT:
Refers to the operation of the image system w h e n no patient record has been recalled or entered for
operation. This w i l l be the default operation of the system and is used most commonly for emergency
situation were a patient file record is deemed not necessary for documentation of images o n hardcopy
f i l m or paper printer.
N E W PATIENT:
Refers to the n e w patient information screen where a l l n e w patient information is entered to create a
new patient f i l e / r e c o r d .
IMAGE P A G E DISPLAY:
Refers to h e system operation that creates a 16 image display o n the reference monitor. This may also
be called I M A G E C O L L A G E .
IMAGE CROP:
Refers the image processing function of electronic collimation using black overlay shutters to crop
SHARP:
Refers to the processing function for post image enhancement of image details.
EDGE:
Refers to the real time use of image processing hardware for image detail enhancement i n live
fluoroscopic procedures.
NOISE:
Refers to the real time application of weighted frame averaging to reduce noise i n the image for
i m p r o v e d image quality.
LIH NOISE:
Refers to the function used a the end of a fluoroscopy w h e n the radiation h a n d / f o o t s w i t c h is released
and the processing system averages images to reduce noise i n the image to provide better image quality.
I N V V I D E O : (INVERT VIDEO)
Refers to the inverting of the image b l k / w h t levels to produce an image were the blks are n o w white
and the whites are now blk.
ESCAPE:
refers to the system function that allows the operator to leave most other functions a n d return to the
previous function or just exit the function to select another function or mode of operation.
D I G I T A L D I S K / D Y N A M I C D I G I T A L DISK:
D I G I T A L D I S K refers to a device w h i c h can store vast amounts of information i n digital form stored
one image at a time..
HARDCOPY:
Refers to the ability of the system to provide a video image output that can be used to make film and
paper images for archiving patient images from the image processing system.
I M A G E STORE:
Refers to the operation of taking an image i n the processor displayed o n process monitor and archiving
it i n to the digital disk for long term storage i n the patient f i l e / r e c o r d .
KEYBOARD LAYOUT:
The keyboard o n the next page demonstrates the full system options. Please use reference guide to
determine the page and section of each key function description.
14.15 Power O N / O F F 7
14.17 A c q u i s i t i o n / Fluoroscopy
14.17.1 Fluoroscopy 12
14.17.2 Pulsed Fluoroscopy 12
14.17.3 Snapshot 12
14.17.4 M S A Max-Op 12
14.17.5 R S A RoadMap 13
14.17.6 D S A D i g i t a l Subtraction 13
14.17.7 Edge (Real Time Edge Enhancement) 15
14.17.8 Noise Reduction 15
14.17.9 L L H (Last Image H o l d ) 15
14.17.10 W N D W ( W i n d o w Adjustment) 16
14.17.11 Text O n / O f f 16
14.17.12 Frame Rate 17
14.17.13 Mask 17
14.17.14 Cine Reset 17
14.17.15 Cine 17
14.17.16 Reserved
14.18 Review
14.18.1 Image F W D / R E V 22
14.18.2 Image Page Display 22
14.18.3 Pat File ( Patient Data Base File ) 24
14.18.4 MonLtoR 28
14.18.5 MonRtoL 28
14.18.6 C i n e Edit 28
14.18.7 C i n e Recall 28
14.18.8 Inv V i d e o (Invert V i d e o V a l u e s ) 28
14.18.9 H a r d c o p y (Film documentation camera / V i d e o Paper Printer) 28
14.19 Store
14.19.1 Autostore 29
14.19.2 Cine Store 31
14.19.3 Image Store 31
The O N key is green and located i n the lower middle right side of the monitor control keyboard.
The O N key must be pressed to r u m on power, at w h i c h time the image system w i l l d o a few self-
tests. Several beeps may be heard and are normal or boot-up routines. After approximately 40-50
seconds, the system w i l l display R E A D Y F O R F L U O R O on the left Process display monitor.
A t this time, the image system is ready to acquire images from the C - A r m T.V. chain. The small
L E D i n the upper left comer of the key w i l l light when power is on
Example of O N key
The O F F key is red i n color and located just above the O N key. W h e n the OFF key is pressed the
system w i l l r u m off power for both the C - A R M and the monitor cart assembly.
Example of O F F key
The A l p h a keys are arranged i n a standard Q W E R T Y key arrangement for easy entry of text for
both patient information and text annotation of images.
Most of the alpha keys have secondary functions for punctuation of text input such as, period, colon,
less than, greater than, back slash, question mark, etc...
To use secondary functions of alpha keys press the SHIFT K E Y and h o l d it d o w n w h i l e typing the
key w i t h the punctuation needed.
Example of the Punctuation keys
s
•
SHIFT ?
D ~
KEY
Press ( SHIFT K E Y + A ) = !
14.16.2 N U M E R I C A L
The numerical keys are used to enter patient I.D. #, Date, Time, and service enter of default values
for system operation. The keys are located i n the upper right comer of the monitor cart control
keyboard.
The Shift Key is used to p r o v i d e the operator w i t h additional features for the control keyboard
keys. The Shift key must be pushed and h e l d before the function keys are pressed. The following
SHIFT
list of key functions describe the use of the Shift key
KEY
IMAGE CROP: Select Image C r o p then press the S H I F T K E Y h o l d i n g it
d o w n w h i l e pressing the U p / D o w n or R i g h t / L e f t arrow
keys. The Image C r o p function provides times 2
movement for closing or opening the electronic image
shutters.
14.16.4 DELETE/SPACE
Delete/Space key
Press the shift key and the Delete/Space key to delete one character each time the key is
pressed. If the operator needs to place a space i n the entry of informatin, the operator must push
the Delete/Space key without the h o l d i n g the shift key.
Press to enter information that is needed to perform operations, i.e. after each l i n e of patient
information, to start a function such as accepting a new patient record for image processing, or to
ENTER accept a highlighted operation, etc...
The N e w Pat key located i n the upper right comer of the control
keyboard.
Facility N a m e :
To enter a n e w facility name press the D o w n A r r o w key located i n the
lower right comer of the control keyboard to move the cursor to the
correct line. Once the N e w Facility entry line is highlighted, the operator
types i n the new information then presses E N T E R or moves the cursor up
to the patient information b y using the U p A r r o w key.
Date/Time:
To enter a new Date or Time press the D o w n A r r o w key to move the
cursor to the D A T E or T I M E field line. Once the operator has highlighted
the Date or Time entry, the operator w i l l type i n the n e w information then
press E N T E R to store the new information. To move the cursor to the
patient information again,, use the U p A r r o w key.
W h e n entering time and date please make sure the format for entry is the
same as the example.
W h e n the operator completes the entry of information and presses the " Y "
Figure 1
Press the T E X T INSERT key and all the text from the left monitor w i l l be
removed and T X T INSERT display message w i l l be seen i n lower
left corner of the screen and an arrow is displayed i n the middle of
the image circle. To move the arrow or text on the monitor use the
U P / r j O W N R I G H T / L E F T arrow keys. To make more arrows i n the image
press enter then use the arrow keys on the control keyboard to move the
arrow marker to a new position.
To enter text press any alphanumerical key to start entering a text string.
The text can have 3 lines of 15 characters each. To move the text use arrow
keys on the control keyboard. To save the image press store or transfer the
image to the right monitor. The operator can make hard copies of the
image.
14.17.1 FLUOROSCOPY
The Fluoroscopy key is located o n the C - A r m control keyboard on the left side
middle.
This function w i l l pulse the radiation o n and off at intervals from 1 to 2 pulses per
(CSX? second while the monitor displays the frozen image of the previous exposure.
vJHLTL, The pulsed fluoro mode is used to reduce patient dose. This function is selected from
the Exposcop Plus C-Arm control keyboard. If the radiation alert is turned on y o u w i l l
hear an audible tone at each pulse of radiation.
14.17.3 SNAPSHOT
To perform M S A ( M A X I M U M O P A C I F I C A T I O N )
Press the M S A key o n the C - A r m control or the monitor control keyboard to enable
m a x i m u m opacification.
Perform scout fluoroscopy using the standard fluoroscopy mode and position the
patient.
To perform R S A ( R O A D M A P ) procedures
Perform scout fluoroscopy using the standard fluoroscopy mode and position the
patient.
Press the R S A key on the C - A r m control or the monitor control keyboard to enable the
R O A D M A P F J N C T I O N . Peak opacification w i l l automatically be enabled for the
first part of the procedure.
Press the hand or footswitch and w h e n the audible alert is heard start the contrast
injection. The hand or footswitch is release w h e n a fully opacified image is obtained.
The process monitor w i l l display the procedure w i t h preservation of regions w i t h
greatest contrast occurring i n the image d u r i n g the contrast injection.
To exit the R S A procedure press the R S A key again or press EXIT on the monitor
control keyboard.
To perform a simple D S A ( D I G I T A L S U B T R A C T I O N )
Perform scout fluoroscopy using the standard fluoroscopy mode w i t h pelvic key
selected and position the patient.
Press the D S A key on the monitor control keyboard to enable the simple D S A
operation w i t h last image h o l d .
Press the hand or footswitch and w h e n the audible alert is heard start the contrast
injection. Release the footswitch or hand switch w h e n a fully opacified vascular
image is obtained. The image processor w i l l freeze the image on the left monitor.
T u r n o n A U T O STORE to store the image w h e n footswitch is released.
Press C I N E key then press the D S A key o n the monitor control keyboard.
This w i l l activate b o m the 4 f/sec image acquisition and the subtracted image
operation.
Press the h a n d or footswitch and w h e n the audible alert is heard start the contrast
injection. Release the footswitch or hand switch w h e n the desired vascular anatomy
has been visualized. The acquired images w i l l then be replayed automatically i n a
continuous loop.
Please review the C I N E operation section i n this m a n u a l for further details of the
d y n a m i c C I N E image replay functions.
The A c q u i r e d images temporally stored o n the dynamic disk until the operator
presses the C I N E S T O R E key w h i c h then protects the image r u n form being over
written.
A s long as the C T N E / D S A function is still selected the operator may start another r u n
just b y pressing the foot or handswitch.
T o Exit the C L N E / D S A mode press the cine key again or press the exit key.
THIS A R E A W A S P U R P O S E L Y L E F T O P E N
The Edge Enhancement key can only be pressed when fluoroscopy is not
active. The monitor w i l l display a message i n the lower right corner of the
left or process monitor w h e n E D G E is on. The display message is s h o w n i n
Fig. 2.
The L I H noise reduction function reduces the "noise" i n the image only at
the time the radiation switch is released. The advantage of L I H noise
LIH reduction is that during a normal fluoroscopic image, the D r . m a y be
MOUSE m o v i n g the patient and, or the C - A r m causing the image to smear w i t h
normal noise reduction, but w h e n the D r . stops the movement and releases
the radiation footswitch the image system w i l l then average the images at
the end and provide an image w i t h reduced noise displayed on the monitor.
LIH Noise Reduction is not a post-processing function and
cannot be used to change a previously-stored image.
Press the L I H Noise key several times until the message L I H O F F is seen
o n the left monitor i n the lower right comer of the monitor display.
The W i n d o w function changes both the contrast and the brightness of the
v i d e o image b y changing the w i n d o w of grey scale and the level of
WNDW brightness w i t h i n the w i n d o w of grey scale w i t h 3 to 6 levels. The W N D W
key is located i n the acquisition section lower right comer of the control
keyboard.
The function turns o n or off the display o n the left or process monitor.
TEXT The f o l l o w i n g patient information and display messages w i l l be removed
ON/OFF f r o m the display w h e n the text is turned off. Patient name and I.D., D r .
name, facility name, procedure title, date, time, a n d the I M S logo.
See F i g 3 for location and monitor display without text. W h e n text is turned
off the system stores the information for each image i n the patient record.
Figure 3
The F R A M E R A T E key sets the frame acquisition rate for cine runs and
the play back frame rates. The frame rate can be set at 1 / 2 f/sec, 1 f/sec,
FRAME 2 f/sec and 4 f/sec w i t h Optional packages . The system can acquire at one
RATE frame rate and replay at another frame rate if desired.
The operator sets the frame rate before acquiring images by pressing the
key until the monitor displays the correct frame rate required.
FRAME RATE can be used with previously stored image Loops retrieved
from memory.
14.17.13 MASK
SET I M A G E M A S K :
1) Pressing the M A S K key w i l l stop the image loop replay and allow
the operator to use the F W D or R E V image keys to move the M A S K
number of the r u n to the desired image number to be used as the new
mask. The operator then presses the F R A M E R A T E key to start the
loop replay again.
VARIABLE LANDMARKING:
2) In some situation it may be difficult to determine the position of
vascular anatomy. In these situation landmark is used to fade bony
anatomy into the image.
SETUP
W h e n the operator is ready to start the acquisition press the Cine key
located i n the left m i d d l e of the monitor control keyboard.
The acquired images are located o n the dynamic disk drive and are
unprotected from overwriting unless the C I N E STORE key is pressed.
Therefore if the operator presses the foot or hand switch again the dynamic
image r u n w i l l be over written by a new dynamic image acquisition.
LOOP
UNSTORED:
This message i n the left lower comer of the monitor display reminds the
operator that present image loop being replayed has not been stored.
F/R4:
message informs the operator what frame rate has been selected for
acquisition and play back.
T o change the frame rate, press the frame rate key before y o u start an
acquisition or w h e n a captured image loop is replaying. The message is
located i n the upper right comer of the monitor display. See F i g . 4
To exit the cine function y o u must press the C I N E key again or press the
ESC key.
CINE FEATURES
I M A G E STEP
D u r i n g Cine replay the image play back can be stopped and reviewed one
image at a time and stored to the patient file for documentation later.
FWD
Presses the Image F W D or R E V key to stop the dynamic image playback.
The F / R message i n the upper right corner of the monitor w i l l now display
IMAGE
the message F / R O F F . This means the image loop has stopped and the
operator can press the F W D (forward) key or the R E V (reverse) key to
step image by image through the dynamic image loop. If the operator holds
either key d o w n , the system w i l l step the images at a rate near the selected
REV frame rate speed.
While i n the step function the operator can store any image from the run
into the patients file by pressing the I M A G E S T O R E key located i n the
lower m i d d l e of the control keyboard. The system w i l l display on the
monitor i n the lower center of the image area the following message,
S T O R E T O #000. This is displayed w h e n the images from dynamic cine
image loop are stored from the C I N E step mode to the patient file.
See F I G . 4
CINE STORE
CINE RECALL
CINE EDIT
C I N E EDIT selects cine runs to delete from the present patient file.
NOTE: Once the operator selects and confirms the image loop to
delete, the image loop cannot be retrieved.
Pressing one of the arrow keys once w i l l move the mask 1/4 pixel i n the
direction of the arrow key pressed.
Pressing and h o l d i n g the shift key a n d the arrow key w i l l result i n a 1 pixel
movement.
Pressing and h o l d i n g the arrow keys w i l l repeat the movement each after
mask image is moved i n relation to the image loop.
FIGURE 5
14.18.3 P A T F I L E ( P A T I E N T FILES)
Once the selected the operator can select another patient file to be active
process images, make hardcopy images, copy images to floppy disk if
system o p t i o n is available, a n d delete patient files.
P A T I E N T S FILE
IMAGES
The operator may view any images i n the patient file by pressing the image
F W D / R E V keys without selecting the patient file to the active. Just move
the activity box up or d o w n until the correct patient file y o u want to view
is i n the box and press the F W D / R E V keys to v i e w the images for that
patient.
ACCEPT
To accept a patient file for use the operator must use the R I G H T or L E F T
A R R O W key to highlight the Accept activity function at the top of the
monitor screen or make sure the activity box is around the patient y o u
w i s h to select then press the E N T E R key. The system w i l l accept that
patient as the current patient file for use.
DELETE
W h e n y o u need free image space on the digital disk use the U P / D O W N
A R R O W keys to place the activity box around the patient information y o u
w i s h to delete. Then use the R I G H T / L E F T arrow keys to highlight the
delete box on the activity menu and then press the E N T E R key. This
w i l l delete the complete patient file. The alert message w i l l ask for
confirmation if y o u really want to delete this patient file. If y o u press " Y , "
then the system w i l l delete the patients information.
A Laser printer w i t h at least 600 x 600 resolution and supports 256 gray
scale should be capable of printing the image file to h i g h quality paper.
WARNING:
Do not remove the floppy while the image transfer is in
progress or the system will stop working and you must turn off
all power wait 20 sec then turn back on the power making sure
you remove the floppy disk from the system.
Figure 6
The M O N R to L transfers the image from the left monitor to the right or
reference monitor.
This key function allows the operator to select and delete cine runs from
the present patient file. The operator presses the C I N E EDIT key a n d the
monitor displays a list of the image loops stored and a number next to
them. The operator then presses the corresponding number of the r u n
to be deleted from the dynamic disk drive.
NOTE: Once the operator selects and confirms the image loop to
delete the image loop can not be retrieved.
14.18.9 HARDCOPY
14.19 STORE
14.19.1 AUTOSTORE
1). A u t o Store
Automatically stores the images held on the screen of the left monitor to the
digital disk drive w h e n fluoroscopy footswitch or hand switch is released.
2) A u t o Transfer
Automatically transfers the image from the left monitor to the right monitor.
The last image on the left or process monitor w i l l be transferred to the reference
monitor or right monitor at the next initiation of fluoroscopy.
3) A u t o Both
In this mode, the system w i l l perform both the previous functions
simultaneously, storing and transferring the images automatically.
4) A u t o Store Off
This selection turns off the auto store functions.
Press the A U T O S T O R E key once for auto store, press again for the next function.
Pressing the key several times to toggle through the different function selections.
To exit or turn off the auto store functions just press the key until the
display is removed from the lower left side of the left monitor.
Warning: The Auto Store function will continuously store images every time the
operator releases the foot or handswitch . This may cause undo storage of
images. The system will only store up to the maximum limit of the image
space on the digital disk at the time the AUTO STORE was turned on,
therefore, the operator must make sure enough room is available to store
the expected images for exams. When limit is reached, a warning screen
message will be displayed at which time you must delete another patient
record to free image space to continue. SEE FIG. 7
The operator must delete another patient record to store more images. Therefore
the following is a guide to deleting another patient record.
1) Press the " P A T F I L E " key i n the lower m i d d l e of the monitor cart
control keyboard. This w i l l open the patient files.
2) Select a patient file to delete using the arrow keys. N o w select the
delete function f r o m the activity menu at the top of the right monitor.
5) Once y o u have deleted the necessary patient images, select the patient
file y o u were w o r k i n g w i t h a n d press the " E S C " key to continue the
fluoroscopy procedure.
The operator can protect dynamic image acquisition on the dynamic digital
disk b y pressing the C I N E STORE key located i n the middle of the
keyboard next to the image store key w h e n i n the C I N E A C Q U I R E mode.
The system can store up to 5 runs per patient and each r u n can have u p to
the m a x i m u m images still available i n the system at the time the dynamic
image acquisition is started.
I M A G E STORE
The operator may store the images on the left or process monitor screen by
pressing the I M A G E STORE key located i n the lower m i d d l e right of the
control keyboard. Once the image is stored, it may be retrieved later for
image processing , i.e. Sharp, M a g W N D W , 4 on 1 etc.if the system is
equipped w i t h described features.
There are two image store keys for storing images: one is located as
previously mentioned on the monitor cart; the other is located on
the C - A r m mobile keyboard i n the lower right comer. Both
keys provide the same function.
The left monitor screen w i l l display a small message " S T O R E " at the
bottom of the image area to alert the operator that the image is being
stored. This w i l l happen every time y o u store an image to the digital image
disk.
14.20 PROCESS
14.20.1 I M A G E C R O P (POST E L E C T R O N I C I M A G E C O L L I M A T I O N )
Transfer Image C r o p
Press transfer M O N L to R key to transfer the image to the right monitor
once the electronic shutters are positioned correctly b y i n the image.
Electronic Shutters
Once the Operator has m o v e d electronic shutters the next time the operator
selects I M A G E C R O P the electronic shutters w i l l default to the position
i n the previous i m a g e . If the operator turns off the system I M A G E C R O P
w i l l default to a position just outside of the image circle.
Once the left monitor screen is updated the right monitor w i l l display i n
approximately 1 second, the 16 image page display w i t h the selection box
o n the first image.
Select the image from the image collage o n the right monitor using the
I M A G E F W D or R E V key or the U P / D O W N , R I G H T / L E F T arrow keys.
The operator may recall any image from the present patient record. If
more than four images are transferred, the fifth image w i l l override
position 1 on the monitor, the sixth position 2, etc. See F i g . 10
III D O
O ODD
4 "O D D
mD D
Next Image To Transfer
And Minify Will Be Placed
At Position # 2 Etc
ADJUSTMENT OF "LEVEL"
Pressing the U P A R R O W key w i l l increase the numbers and increase
the relative brightness o f the image ( B R I G H T E R I M A G E ) .
By pressing the D O W N A R R O W key w i l l lower the number thereby
decreasing the relative brightness of the image ( D A R K E R I M A G E ) .
Press the " E S C " key or just press the W N D W / L E V E L key second time.
STORE M A G W N D W
Magnified images can be stored to the digital disk or hard copied to the
paper printer or the f i l m documentation camera.
Pressing one of the arrow keys once w i l l move the mask 1/4 pixel i n the
direction of the arrow key pressed. Pressing and h o l d i n g the shift key and
the arrow key w i l l result i n a 1 pixel movement.
IMAGE P A G E DISPLAY
P A T FILE
Selects the function box at the top of the right monitor screen for function
operations. M o v e s the selection box up and d o w n i n the patient file for
v i e w i n g of patient images.
MAG WNDW
Pans and scrolls the magnification w i n d o w on the left monitor.
WNDW/LEVEL
TEXT INSERT
4onl
W i t h image page display o n the arrow keys move the image selection box
on the right monitor
W i t h patient file the right a n d left arrow keys select the function box at the
top of the monitor screen.
14.20.7 SHARP
The operator can store, transfer, or hardcopy the image at any time
after the image has been enhanced.
14.20.8 ESCAPE
The E S C A P E key allows the operator to exit most functions of the system.
SECTION # 5
DHHS
ADJUSTING INSTRUCTIONS
RECORDING OF DATA
IMS2000
Service Manual
ntrr
EMS
l uirinnal j j a j j j j t Systems. Inc.
SECTION # 5
DHHS
ADJUSTING INSTRUCTIONS
RECORDING OF DATA
EXPOSCOP PLUS
Important note
The tests and adjustments described in these instructions are to be performed upon completion
of the tasks outlined in the installation instruction.
Only trained, qualified personnel are to perform the following test and adjustments.
I hereby confirm that all the work listed in these adjusting instructions has been properly
carried out and the tolerances quoted have been maintained. Return copy o f this page to
I.M.S. to start warranty support.
Date: Signature:
ElpOBOpPlut
DHHS Immxxkxu 1077*3
L Safety information
4. Radiation protection
9. Reproducibility
Before setting to work, all the earth lead connections provided by the
manufacturer must be properly made. F o r example, all metal panelling which,
in case of fault, may expose the user to dangerous voltages, must be provided a
ground path. T o accomplish this, connection of these panels to an ground lead
must either be by means of screws with flat washers or by means of the ground
lead connections provided.
After the work is completed, the ground lead connections are to be checked with
the digital multimeter test instrument. Measure from earth ground point to
each outside cover to confirm positive grounding.
The engineering supervisor in charge must be notified at once if there has been
an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident.
Exposes? Plus
DHHS Instructions 1077/93
- Important -
The movements of the unit required for these procedures must be carried out with care
to prevent the unit from being damaged in case of a malfunction.
Ensure that the C - A r m is raised to an adequate elevation to allow free rotation of the
" C " without interference from " C " arm base or floor; verify motion and controls lock
set positions.
Warning.
Checks or adjustments which require exposure are marked with the rad
symbol ?fe .
Verify that the following documents for the unit are provided to user upon installation.
Document Available
DHHSlcasrnaions 1<V27*3
: latcnutiooal Medical Syacni Rev . 3-4
4.0 Radiation protection
Make sure that there is no mechanical fault on the image intensifier which could impair
the radiation protection, such as broken or missing S t a g s
Confu-m that the certification labels, serial number and model number labels are legible.
(Fig. l a n d la) shows the location of the labels. If labels are required, contact the I. M . S .
National Service Department.
4 X-Ray Control
5 Image Intensifier
Assembly
6 X-Ray Generator
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
IMS
THIS X - R A Y U N I T M A Y B E D A N G E R O U S T O
PATIENT A N D OPERATOR UNLESS SAFE
EXPOSURE FACTORS A N D OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS A R E O B S E R V E D EXPOSCOP PLUS
M O D E L N O . EP38-D SER. N O .
DANGER
EXPLOSION H A Z A R D ! MANUFACTURE: INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL SYSTEMS. INC
DO NOT U S E IN T H E P R E S E N C E O F 4181 LATHAM ST RIVERSIDE. CA 92501 U S A.
F L A M M A B L E ANESTHETICS. DATE: MONTH:. YEAR:
IMS IMS
I M A G E INTENSIFIER
Fig. la
1017«3
Exposcop Plw DHHS Instruction.
Rev. 3-7
InSTMlioosU Medical Systems
6.0 Checking the blocks and displays
6.1.1 Radiography
Jfc Set exposure time to 4 sec. and kV to 36 k V at the control console of the
C-Arm. Activate exposure with exposure handswitch and end it
immediately by releasing the knob. Verify exposure ends with the release
of the handswitch.
6.1.2 Fluoroscopy
3fc Carry out fluoroscopy for a short time and release the fluoroscopy
handswitch. Verify fluoroscopy ends with release of the handswitch.
Repeat this procedure using the fluoroscopy switch.
[I Radiation
Radi indicators in order yes no
3. Switch on fluoroscopy.
4. Verify when total fluoroscopy time of 5.0 minutes has elapsed. The
audible alarm sounds.
5. Reset the alarm by momentarily (< 1 sec) pressing "clear radiation time/
clear audio alarm" button on control console. (Section 11.6 of User's
Manual).
• Confirm that tube potential and current are continuously indicated during
fluoroscopy by observing the 7 segment display on the C - A r m control.
Preparation
Power .Down-Remove tube head cover. Connect storage oscilloscope to " T P O V " and
T P f' on U 5 4 board (see Fig. 2), 2 0 V D C scale. Comply with radiation protection.
Fig.
1077^3
Exposcop Plus DHHS Instruction*
TiiiiiiuinMl Mulii tJ "JHUIIII Rev. 3-9
NOTE: Scaling is 1 V=10kV
Jfc Power Up System - Select kV manual, set timer to .4 sec and 40 kV. Press handswitch
and make exposure.
If kV values are greater than > 10%, correction can be achieved by adjustment of PI
potentiometer on board U64 of C-Arm control. Select 75 kVp, make an exposure and
adjust PI until your kV value displayed on the storage oscilloscope is 7.5V. Then re-
check 40 k V and 110 k V stations.
K V l l O k V selected =
Power Down - Remove tube head cover. Remove m A bridge (see Fig. 2), insen
multimeter in place of jumper. (0-20 m A scale).
^ Power Up - Comply with radiation protection. Initiate fluoro radiation. Read tube
current on multimeter.
38 kV
110 kV
Table 1
9.0 Reproducibility
Regulation
It must be ascertained that the radiography unit is operating on a power supply which
agrees with specifications for the Exposcop C - A r m 110 vac +/-10% - 60 H z 20 A .
CoctBdent of variation
For any specific combination of selected technique factors, the estimated coefficient of
variation of radiation exposure dose shall be no greater than 0.045.
DHHS Ipstruaioni
Exaeecop Pun 1077/93
Rev. 3-11
IntannttnmJ Medical Syaemg
A l l variable controls for technique factors shall be adjusted to alternate settings
and reset to the test setting after each measurement. A l l values for percent line
voltage regulation shall be within ± 1 of the mean value for all measurements.
[See 32 C F R 1020.3 l(b)(c)].
General remark
The following test makes a series of four exposures per selected technique factor and
must be performed in a period of one hour. Care must be taken that the tube loading
data is not exceeded. (See Tube Charts).
Instrument: dosimeter
Place the dosimeter probe in the center of the central ray path 70 cm from focal spot.
(See Fig. 3).
Fig. 3
ExpoeeepPlu*
DHHS Iottracuoni 1077^3
Jfc Cover the intensifier input with 3 mm lead blocker. Take 4 exposures each
using the following radiographic data-
Before each new dose measurement, make sure that the dose meter indicator is
reset to zero. T o find average value "x", see Section 9.3 (1).
Dosimeter N o .
9.2.2 In addition to the measured values, the model and serial number a n d
calibration date of the measuring instruments are to be noted.
Exposcop Plus
DHHS Ioftnniom 1&7733
li—niliimil Medical Systcmi Rev. 3-13
9.3 Calculations
Variation coefficient C
For n individual measurements, the variation coefficient C amounts to:
1. T o obtain the average x, the 4 dose values are added and the sum
divided by 4. xl + x2 ... = x
n
x - x = A Difference
i
(x, - x) = A 2 2
1 •
2 M
3 m
4 m
Add the four difference squared results together and divide the results by
3. Enter results below.
1 = 3 =
DHHSIwtnnioiki 1077/93
Expoacop Plus
Rev . 3-14
latematiooml Medical Sysems
5. Obtain the square root of the new results and divide by the average value
determined in Step 1.
S =
9.4 Adjusting
If the calculated value of the variation coefficient is greater than 0.045, the
reason for the non-agreement is to be determined and corrective measures taken.
10.0 a»-«m Quality Test Procedure [See 21 C F R 1020.30 (m)] Half-y_alue Layer
10.2 Select radiography at 110 kVp and 30 mAs. (Time set 1.5 sec).
10.3 Collimate the beam to just cover the sensitive volume of the dose probe.
10.4 Place dose probe chamber in the center of the beam at fixed distance. 70 o n
from focal spot. Block input to image intensifier with 3 mm lead blocker (See
Fig. 4).
Determine the exposure rate R/min (Roentgens per minute) without any
additional filtration of the beam (other than that which may already be present);
i.e., inherent tube filtration, filter cap on tube head cover. Tabulate this
exposure rate under Initial Beam - Table 1. (Omm Aluminumfiltrationadded
to beam).
10.5.1 Filter material must be placed between x-ray tube and dose probe with
filter as close to source as practical; e.g. on tube head cover. (See Fig. 4)
10.6 Repeat the procedure after mcrementing filter value. Tabulate this exposure rate
under first filter position and note filter thickness.
10.7 Repeat the procedure of dose measurement after each additional increment in
aluminum filter material added to primary beam. Tabulate the dose readings
corresponding to the filter thickness in Table 1.
Exposcop Plus
DHHS Instructions 1077/93
IntcnsoioBsJ Medical Systems Rev. 3-16
10.8 Plot the data graphically with rate in R/min as the dependent variable and the
thickness of added filter as the independent variable, as in Graph 1 attached.
10.9 Locate the exposure rate corresponding to one-half the initial value on the
vertical axis. Draw a horizontal line from this point to the curve and then a
vertical line from the point of intersection on the curve to the horizontal axis
where the vertical line locates the thickness responsible for halving of the initial
exposure rate. This halving thickness is the beam quality value or half value
layer.
10.10 The H . V . L . of the useful beam for the given x-ray tube potential shall not be less
than 3.0 mm at 110 kVp. If half value layer is lower than 3.0 mm, it must be
determined why half value layer is low and corrected.
Table 1 ( E X A M P L E )
mm R/min
0 .600
1.0 .450
1.5 .400
2.0 .355
2.5 .325
3.0 .300
4.0 .275
Fipi t *r Plus
t Fi#
DHHS iDstnsstioos 1077/93
latomatiociaJ Medical Systems Rev. 3-17
Example o f G r a p h 1
975mR
950mR
^mR
900mR
875mR
850mR
825mR
SOOmR
775m R
7S0mR
72SmR
700m R
675m R
650mR
625mR
SOOmR
575mR
SSOmR
S25mR -s
SOOmR v
476mR •
450mR \ s
42SmR
400mR
375mR
SSOmR
325mR
SOOmR
27SmR
2S0mR
2SSmR
200mR
0 mm 1.0 mm 20 mm 3.0 mm 40 mm 1?
960mR
925mR
SOOmR
875mR
SSOmR
82SmR
SOOmR
775mR
750mR
725mR
TOOmR
675mR
SSOmR
625mR
SOOmR
575mR
SSOmR
S2SmR
SOOmR
475mR
460mR
42SmR
400mR
376mR
SSOmR
32SmR
SOOmR
275mR
2&UmR
226mR
200mR
0 mm 1.0 mm 20 mm ao mm 40 m 5Q
Insert 3mm lead into beam path to block radiation to image intensifier.
Trigger exposure with handswitch.
Take reading of exposure time on oscilloscope at point of positive wave from
start and ending at negative going edge of wave from.
If exposure time variation is greater than > 10%, the cause for non-agreement
has to be determined and correction measures undertaken.
Regulation
Fluoroscopic equipment which is provided with automatic exposure rate control shall
not be operable at any combination of tube potential and current which will result in
an exposure rate in excess of 10 roentgens per minute at the point where the center o f
the useful beam enters the patient. [See 21 C F R 1020.32(d)].
Initiate fluoroscopy with foot pedal. Note k V , mA reading on control. They must be
at iiiaximum setting 110 kVp, up to 6 mA. Measure the exposure rate value and enter
the value below.
sourct
Fig. 5
Dosimeter N o Sr #
Regulation
Means shall be available whereby the center of the radiation Meld in relation to the
radiation image receptor shall be centered to within a tolerance of less than 2% of the
SID. [See 21 CFR 1020.31 (e) (1)].
The check is made at the TV-monitor, Determine the central point at the image
intensifier input by installing beam alignment target which is fixed with 4 screws
to image intensifier. Open the slot collimator, and open the iris diaphragm to
the full open position. The following checks are to be made in the C - A r m
positions shown. (See Fig. 6)
Fig. 7
13.2.2 Place alignment device stand, Fig. 8(3), on top and center over filter
cover, Fig. 8(4).
13.2.3 Place light/beam alignment device, Fig. 8(2), on top of alignment device
stand, Fig. 8(3), with the 5 small lead balls at bottom of plastic cylinder.
(See Fig. 8.1).
Note the position of the center two lead balls. If the images of the two
lead balls are centered over one another, then you need to also look at the
4 outside lead balls on the screen. If all 4 lead balls are equally spaced on
the delineation marks, you are properly aligned with the x-ray longi-
tudinal radiation central beam axis (see Fig. 9).
13.2.5 Affix beam center target to Image Intensifier. Initiate fluoroscopy again
for a few seconds (observing all safety precautions for work in and
around radiation) then release handswitch.
If cross does not intercept the center of the lead balls, you must adjust the
tube head to correct for a misahgnment of the central longitudinal axis
of the x-ray radiation.
Figure 9
Figure 9a
Beam Center Target
Target Cross must be
centered with ihseov
of the large and small
lead bails
Four outside Lead
bails are centered to the
delineation marks and are
equal distance from the
center of the device.
Figs. 9 and 9a
13.3.2 Remove two 4mm Allen head screws (Item 3/Fig. 10), for filter bracket
assembly, (Item 2/Fig. 10).
Note: Place /liter assembly out ofthe way, being careful not to
filter assembly.
13.3.3 Unscrew the two 17mm nuts (Item 4/Fig. 10), and remove metal cover.
13.3.4 With screws (Items 6A and 6B/Fig. 10), central longitudinal adjustment
is accomplished (see Fig. 10a).
13.3.5 By loosening screw (Item 6A/Fig. 10a), adjust inclination to the top.
13.3.6 By loosening screw (Item 6B/Fig. 10a), the inclination to the bottom can
be adjusted.
13.3.8 Reinstall metal cover filter assembly and tighten all screws and nuts
firmly after adjustment.
13.3.9 After adjustment of tube head, reinstall tube head cover with light beam
device on tube head and recheck center of alignment device and central
longitudinal x-ray beam to the cross mark of the beam center target.
Once you have aligned the central longitudinal x-ray beam, alignment
device and beam center target as in Fig. 9, you are ready to check the
position of the central longitudinal x-ray beam in each of the other four
positions shown in Fig. 6 After all positions have been checked, remove
beam alignment target from image intensifier.
2. Filter aittmbty
5. Mounting bolts
(6B) (6B)
Tighten M o u n t l n
« p l t t e
Tighten
am-£*Jal
F i g u r e 1Oa
(6A)
Loosen
Allows i n c l i n a t i o n a d l u i i m t o t to tbe tube Beta.
Figure 10b
Regulation
During fluoroscopic operation, the x-ray field in the image indicator plate must
not exceed 3% of the SID in length or width of the visible image-indicator
surface. Tne sum of the lengths and widths access may not be greater than 4%
of the SID. 1020.32 (B)(2) (i).
Aid
Work sequence.
14.1.4 Switch on fluoroscopy. If all six leaves of the iris diaphragm are
still visible at the edge of the T V monitor image (Fig. 11), no.
further tests are necessary.
F i g . 11
Attention
14.1.9 Switch on fluoroscopy once again and mark the dimensions of the
x-ray field on the light-cross. (In the case of a fluorescent screen,
mark the edge of the x-ray field.)
DA
X-ray field
F i e l d observed on monitor
B A
Fig. 12
DHHSIaatruoioes 1077*3
bmmmSmai Medio*! Syncm* Rev. 3-31
14.1.11 Calculate the length deviation L = A A + A C and the
width deviation W = AB + A D .
// format
Length deviation cm % <2.4%
Width deviation _. cm % <2.4%
Length and width deviation cm % <3.2%
Zoom.
Length deviation cm % <2.4%
Width deviation cm % <2.4%
Leneth and width deviation cm % <3.2%
14.2.3 The leaves of the iris diaphragm must be just visible at the edge of the
post-blanking circle displayed on the video monitor. (See Section 13.1,
Fig. 11). If this is not the case, adjustment must be performed on U 6 6
board. P6 will adjust size of iris control for zoom mode. P7 will adjust
size of iris control for normal mode.
14.2.4 Carry out the same procedure with zoom format. After successful
adjustment, repeat the check in accordance with Section 14.1.
Regulation
The total deviation of the edges of the x-ray field from the corresponding edges
of the selected part of the image indicator may not exceed 3% of the SID in the
plane of the image indicator in either length or width of the x-ray field, if full
coverage of the selected part of the image indicator has been set. The sum
(disregarding the sign) of the deviation in all orthogonal dimensions may not
exceed 4 % of the SID. (See 27 C F R 1020.31 (g) (2).
Work sequence.
1. Select fluoroscopy.
2. Lay cassette 14" x 14" with film on the I.I. input and open iris
diaphragm fully.
3. Select radiography.
4. Set 60 k V and set sufficiently long exposure time to properly
expose film.
I.I. Input'
size
Fig. 13
iSID 90 cm
t
X-ray- !a* A -a
Fleld
K i t e r e s u l t of 14.3.1 . Step 6)
i
A • C < 21.6mm (2.4X SID)
F i l m Cassette 2 4 x 3 0 c m
Fig. 14
C - A r m basic position
C - A r m to the left
C - A r m to the right
Shading AA + B =: mm < 21 6 mm |
1. The smallest field size should amount to max. 5 cm x 5 cm at the I.I. input. The
check is made by placing film cassette in front of I.I. input.
2. Select fluoroscopy and fully close the iris diaphragm (9" or 7" mode depending
on C-Arm I.I. size). N o zoom mode.
3. Select radiograph mode and make exposure 70 k V 1 sec. Measure the image on
the film. (See Fig. 15) and enter in table below.
Exposed
X-rty Held * / A
- \
24 cm X 30cm
film —
B
Fig. 15
16.1 Inspect monitor can XPO cable for any defects. Replace if necessary.
16.2 C-Arm cables in good condition. See Fig. 16.
16.3 Inspect set-screws for vertical extension column. See Fig. 16.
16.4 Check all locks for proper operation. Repair if needed. See Fig. 16.
16.5 Inspect wheels for clean, free movement Clean and repair if Deeded. See Fig. 16.
16.6 Check for smooth rotation of C-section. Repair if Deeded. See Fig. 16.
16.7 Inspect cover screws and re-seal tube bead cover if Deeded. See Fig. 16.
16.8 Inspect akin cone and replace if damaged. See Fig. 16.
16.9 Inspect cover screws and re-seal T.V. camera cover if needed. See Fig. 16.
17.1
1
Dose rate value at uR/s
fluoroscopy LI. input
17.2
17.3
.4 sec
.2 sec
2 sec
SECTION # 6
SYMBOLS I SIGNALS
IMS2000
Service Manual
SYMBOLS I SIGNAL IDENTIFICATION
The E X P O S C O P P L U S Digital Mobile Surgical C - A r m instructional material uses many symbols for
functions and signals. The following page of symbols w i l l be helpful in servicing the system.
— r ^ i — = POTENTIOMETER
= PELVIS K E Y
6 m A F L U O R O at 1 l O k v p
= FUSE
HIp
L—1
• = TRANSFORMER = TO DISK
© = ON • = F R O M DISK
o = OFF
Cro
= T R A N S F E R A to B o r
0
LIVE IMAGE TRANSFER
= PREPARATION
= START
= FLUOROSCOPY
= OR GATE
HDD = RADIOGRAPHY
= CARD EDGE
X I
= MANUAL CONNECTOR OR
CABLE CONNECTOR
ZOOM
: RADIATIONO N = STOP
u
: FAULT TEMP
= ALARM
Y. = FOOT SWITCH
9
= CONTRAST
= H A N D SWITCH
= BRIGHTNESS
NOMINAL
SOLL
ACTUAL
1ST
VOLTAGE PEAK
Vss
TO PEAK
SECTION # 7
IDENTIFICATION I LOCATION
OF PARTS FOR IMAGE SYSTEM
IMS2000
Service Manual
1
2
00
IMS2760 D I G I T A L DESCRIPTION: Monitor Can Exploded View Component Locations SCALE 1:2 SHEET 1 OF 1
f
NOTE: Monitor Can Exploded View CHECKED: DATE: PAGE: REV.l 1
of Major Components for Image
System. MODEL: LMS2760 DIGITAL WITH MONITOR CART
IMS2760 C-ARM CART REAR COMPONENT LOCATION
RIGHT LEFT
o
9
• . • " 0 • •
• .• .••
MONITOR • ' .' ' " •° «
M O D E L VM4433 . ..
'".At
• . ,»*•••
•« 1 FLOPPY DRIVE
KEYBOARD AND
KEY INTERFACE
PAPER PRINTER
FILM CASSETTE OR V C R
HOLDER
FLOPPY DIRIVE
INTERFACE BOARD
HARD DRIVE
REAR CART B A Y 1 -3 A T A
COVER FAN
U116
POWER
CABLE
— -U361
HOLDER
CONTROL
VCI-2000
DIODES
V I D E O OUTP1
XPO CABLE
Figure 7-2
POWER CORD
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Figure 7-3
1. V i d e o Image Processor Assembly 13. Intel Pentium / Board A Z .
2. H i g h L i n e Rate Display Board 14. V i d e o Bus 1 & 2
3. D I O - 4 8 Digital I/O 15. S I M M Modules 1 6 M B
4. L U C Y U353/U300 16. V i d e o Bus 3
5. D S A _ C I N E _ P C I R T E - E d g e Enhance
6. Empty Slot
7. V G A P C I Monitor Card
8. H D / P C I / I D E - M o d e 4 Connectors
9. Floppy D i s k Interface Connector
10. Power Supply 220Vac 230-300 W 1 0 .
11. H a r d Drive Bay
12. D C Fan . Second Fan on Front Cover
DSA,PCI
Power 220VAC R T E
I (®)
(®)
1 \
1
\ /
VJ
(®)
\ /
Fan
PC
Keyboard' Mouse Empty U353
Input Connector Connector Slot Lucy Video Image
for V G A Processor
COLOR DIO 48
Monitor I/O
FIGURE 7 - 4
Y
CHECKED: DATE: PAGE: REV.l - 4
N O T E : Computer Case Bottom View
of Board Location for IMS2760
M O D E L : IMS2760 D I G I T A L
IMS 2 7 6 0 D I G I T A L IMAGE S Y S T E M
CABLE INTERCONNECTION S P E C I F I C A T I O N LIST
U361 X10 BASE BOARD RESET 2 PIN MOLEX 2 PIN RESET JACK 8 20. 5
BASE BOARD PRI IDE HARD DRIVE 40 PIN IDC 40 PIN IDC 22 56
BASE BOARD FDC FLOPPY DRIVE 34 PIN IDC 34 PIN IDC 43 109
04/05/96
Exposcop 7000 Section 7.0
Rev. 1 - 6
International M e d i c a l System IMS2760 Part Location
Speaker (l^oi -SKo^^
Floppy
PotJer.
Specie
Coble
and
Connector.
G romrn
Cob\e3,
CoMe
Conduit
\Jideo
Ground
XiolcHlO^l
Diodes.
Video Harness
Coble
Holders
(Qh- 5 ) .
Ground .
S e r v i c e L o o p ,
S p e a K e f . (Mounts to AAoni~tor \
Neck \)eni H o l e s . J
s
Monitor Neck.
S p e a k e r C a b l e
'and connecto-c.
-AllocJ Seance l o o p -
coiih +We cobles.
• Coble Holder.
UU4 Soar.
u2)CS d
Soar d
VCI
Board
•— Video Xmacjivvj
System.
feme/
Front.
SECTION # 8
IMAGE PROCESSOR SYSTEM
PRINCIPLE OF
IMAGE PROCESSOR
8.1 - P R I N C I P L E O F A N I M A G E P R O C E S S I N G S Y S T E M
"Ik -fs
IMAGE
A / INPUT OUTPUT
PROCESSING
VIDEO
/ AND
TEMPORARY
INPUT
/
/
L.U.T. L.U.T.
STORAGE
D
\ 7
MASS CONTROLLER
PERMANENT
STORAGE
<H> C.P.U.
SOFTWARE
I
KEYBOARD DISPLAY TEXT
DRIVER DISPLAY
MONITOR
Figure 8.1-1
This output device allows the viewing of input and output information of software instructions.
OUTPUT LUT
The output lookup table performs the same function as the input lookup table, except its location. This
table is used, if desired, to alter the data from the image processor (i.e., enhance the contrast in the
image), especially in fluoro digital subtraction angiography or for manual windowing (manual contrast
enhancement).
D/A
The digital-to-analog converter is used to change the digital shades of gray code to an equivalent
analog value. It is also to reinsert the horizontal and vertical synchronization pulses that were striped
o f f by the A / D converter. This w i l l reestablish a composite video signal for the video display monitors.
Copyright 1995 by IMS Corporation. All rightsreserved.Reproduction or issue to third parties in any form is not permitted without express written
authority of IMS Corporation.
IMS2000 - VIP2000
VIDEO IMAGE
PROCESSOR BOARD
IMS2000 VIDEO IMAGE PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY
INTRODUCTION
VIP2000
T h e V I P 2 0 0 0 (Video Image Processor) has two boards connected together and requires two
16 bit P C / A T I/O bus slots. T h i s two-board set digitizes the image, performs image noise
reduction, controls the bus timing, and image capture and transfer o f images on the video
image bus.
T h e analog front end and image digitization are discussed i n the following overview o f the
VTP2000 b o a r d set.
T h e digital p o r t i o n o f the b o a r d controls all the image transfer, image bus, real-time image
noise reduction, and supplies the digital clock for the system.
R E A L - T I M E VIDEO F R A M E ACQUISITION
Standard Application
RS-170 N o r t h A m e r i c a n T V (monochrome)
Supported V i d e o Standards
INPUT CALIBRATION
Set-up and gain controls are used to ensure that the i n c o m i n g video signal accurately reflects
the original picture, without losses and distortions produced by the camera or transmission
line. These controls allow the service technician to calibrate individual system response
independent of interference.
OVERVIEW
T h e front end of the VLP2000 Baseboard accepts one o f three possible N T S C RS-170 video
sources, passes the video through a series o f gain and offset stages, then digitizes the video
at 21.477 M H z sampling rate with 10-bits o f resolution. T h e video path is s h o w n i n the
diagram below.
VTDEOMUX 10-BIT
VIDEO VARIABLE DC OFFSET WITH FIXED GAIN
MUX GAIN AMP AMP A/D
Av-2
o
(Av=0-5)
0 Aruurr
VOUHOE
WHITE
COMPRESSION
GAIN
OFFSET
DAC
DAC
T h e video m u x is set up to accept three composite RS-170 video sources at 0.714 video
levels, but can accommodate a signal as large as 2 V p-p. E a c h input is terminated w i t h
75ohms w h i c h should be considered when choosing a driving source.
T h e video out o f the variable gain stage can be fully attenuated ( A v = 0) or gained by 5. In
order for the gain stage to operate over this range, the gain control voltage must swing
between - I V and I V where - I V corresponds to full attenuation and I V to a gain o f 5. T h e
swing o f the gain control voltage can be adjusted to alter the gain range o f the amplifier via
adjustment pot R l 12. T h i s pot sets the reference voltage o f the D A C w h i c h varies the gain
control voltage. T h e D A C is set up so that a full scale control w o r d w i l l output a voltage
equal to the reference voltage while a control w o r d of zero w i l l output a voltage equal the
negative of the reference voltage. Pot R112 can be adjusted by measuring the voltage at test
point W 2 2 .
DC OFFSET STAGE
T h e video out o f this stage can be D C offset i n both the positive and negative directions.
T h e D C offset value is m u c h the same as the above gain control voltage. The reference
voltage o f a n offset D A C is adjusted via Pot R 9 7 so that a full-scale control w o r d w i l l result
i n a positive offset while a control w o r d of zero will result i n a negative offset. T h e offset
value is related to the D A C voltage reference with this equation - 4 . 0 2 * V r e f * ( l 1/4096)
•(control w o r d value) - 3.09*Vref. W i t h a V r e f of I V , the full-scale output w i l l be 0.93V and
the output w i t h control w o r d equal to zero w o u l d be - 3.09V. P o t R 9 7 can be adjusted by
measuring the voltage at test point W 1 9 .
T h e A / D stage accepts the gained and offset video and digitizes at 2 1 . 4 7 7 7 M H z w i t h 10-bit
resolution. T h e digitizing w i n d o w , that is the range over w h i c h the A / D input is digitized,
SUMMARY
It c a n be seen f r o m the discussions o f the previous sections that the video input into the
VEP2000 Baseboard can be manipulated to produce a wide range of effects by adjusting the
c o m b i n a t i o n o f gain and offset values. The default setting for the gain reference p o t and the
offset reference pot are b o t h I V . These values give full gain swing f r o m 0 to 5 and D C
offsets o f -3.09V to 0.93V. These settings provide for a wide enough range o f video
m a n i p u l a t i o n to accommodate various video input ranges and still digitize a usable image.
T h e analysis o f the image is, however, purely subjective a n d thus the settings m a y be altered
to give the best image for a particular application.
REAL-TIME IMAGING
VIP2000 R E A L T I M E N O I S E R E D U C T I O N S E C T I O N
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE
FUNCTION
VIDEO C A M E R A
Camera Image
Pixel Value Multiplied by. Scale Factor
(Pc) (Sf)
Previous Image
^lujtirjliedjjv^
Pixel Value 1-Sf
(Pi)
I
Figure 8.2.1 - 1 IMS2000 Image Averaging Technique.
W h e n N = 2 , the i n c o m i n g camera pixel value and the previous image pixel value are assigned
the same weighted value reducing the noise by 50%.
T h e effect o f increasing the value N is to decrease the noise value f o u n d i n each pixel. I f N
is selected at t o o h i g h a value, the signal-to-noise ratio is very good, but the system w i l l
respond very slowly to real pixel values. This c a n result i n b l u r r i n g o f the fluoroscopic
image due to natural b o d y organ movements. Thus, c a u t i o n should be used i n setting t o o
high o f a weighted N value f o r some exams.
Input l o o k - u p tables allow y o u to m o d i f y input grey-scale values before they enter the frame
buffer. Real-time modifications include m u l t i p l i c a t i o n by a constant, logarithmic
conversion, and multiple-level thresholding.
Copyright 1995 by International Medical Systems, Inc.. A l lrightsreserved. Reproduction or issue to third parties in any form is not
permitted without express written authority of International Medical Systems, Inc.
IMS2000 - UPS2000
UPSCAN DISPLA Y BOARD
8.2-2 IMS2000 HIGH LINE RATE UPS2000 DISPLAY BOARD
INTRODUCTION
The UPS2000 board performs four functions. It converts 525V X 1365H interlaced video to 1049V X
1287H interlaced video, provides graphics overlay, displays captured video on reference monitor, and
process monitor. The board set requires one 16 bit I S A P C I/O slot for system operation and image
transfer to IS a bus for image storage.
PURPOSE
Provide sharp clear display of medical images with near flicker free data overlays for text, and graphic
information, i.e., Patient name, Patient ID#, Dr. name, Images to store to disk, Graphical displays of
functions and menus for operator use. The board also provides the image system with a reference display
output for the right hand display monitor, complete with text and graphic overlays when needed.
SCAN CONVERSION
The UPS2000 board converts 525 lines of 30 H z interlaced video into 1049 lines of 30 H z interlaced
video. See figure 8.2-3. The conversion is done using dual ported video R A M s ( V R A M ) . The 525 line
vertical interlaced digital video is written to V R A M one field at a time. The 1st interlaced field writes the
even lines and the 2nd interlaced fields writes the odd lines. Since the V R A M is dual ported, the video can
also be read from the V R A M at the same time that the interlaced video is being written to the V R A M . See
Fig. 8.2 -3. For each line of video that is written to the V R A M two lines of video are read from the
V R A M . B y reading the lines sequentially at twice the input rate, the video is converted to a 60 H z video
output. For each 256 line field of interlaced input video there is a 525 line field of video output video. The
output video is converted to a 1049 interlaced output by shifting every other frame down 1/2 line as shown
in F i g . 8.2-3, Video output timing is shown in F i g . 8.2-4
GRAPHICS OVERLAYS
The UPS2000 board set has the capability to overlay a processed image with non-destructive text and
graphics. The graphics overlay is mapped as a 64k byte region of memory at paragraph address DOOOh in
the P C ' s memory space. This allows the overlays to be accessed directly by the P C processor. Each
overlay is 4 bits deep, which means it can support 16 shades of gray. A l l the graphics operations are
performed by the P C in a similar manner to the way the P C would write to the computers display when set
to graphics mode. The graphics overlay is combined with the image in a 14 bit L U T . For each pixel the
graphic overlay selects the L U T for modifying the image intensity for that graphic value. See Fig. 8.2 - 5
For each video input to L U T there is a video output. The 16 bit L U T ' S are selected pixel by pixel in the
graphic overlay providing the system with extended capabilities in performing text and graphic displays
without effecting the video image quality.
Some of the flexibility of the graphic overlays are shown in the following:
For those applications where you are concerned with only a portion of an image, the UPS2000 provides
and Area of Interest bit plane. The Area O f Interest allows the operator to select a rectangular area for
processing. Since only the pixels within the A O I are scanned out of the image frame buffer, execution
speed is proportional to the size of the area being processed. The object of interest window selects which
pixels within the specified area are to be processed, thereby increasing the precision.
The IMS2000 - UPS2000 board set has a X 2 , X 4 hardware zoom which allows the operator to expand
1/4 or 1/16 of the image so that it fills the entire display of the reference monitor. Increasing and decreasing
the zoom w i l l not destroy any data stored in the frame buffer. The UPS2000 board allows the operator
with the add of a special snap image buffer and a complex video bus data path to P A N and Scroll the Area
Of Interest " A O I " with single-pixel precision. The relative position of the display origin can be positioned
anywhere within the video memory. This makes it possible to shift the image memory by one pixel or
more in any direction right ,left, up, or down. The process monitor w i l l display a rectangular box
corresponding in size to the size of zoom selected. The box will move its relative position in response to
the P A N , and S C R O L L direction to provide a reference for the operator of that portion of the image
displayed on the reference monitor magnified.
3 Upscan
Interlaced VIDEO
Odd Field Odd Field
•S MEMORY
•7
1¬
2 2¬
3¬ Upscan
Interlaced - 4 VIDEO 4¬ Even Field
Even Field MEMORY 5¬
6 6
7-
8 §•
9
Figure 8.2 - 3
1
Odd Field i Even Field
2
Time 60th of 3 2 Time 60th of a
a sec. 4 3
sec.
5 5S 4
6 5
7 6
8 7
9 8
1 0
9
10
In the time a normal system reads out one video field the IMS2000/
UPS2000 display board reads out the same field twice and shifts the
second filed by 1/2 a line. Thereby reducing image flicker and
increasing image quality. The results are a 1049V x1287H display rate.
b d
c
CSYNC
525LINE 1049LINE
a) Line Time 63.566 |XS 32.0 |is
b) H o r i z o n t a l Front P o r c h 1.50 \is 0.75 (J.S
c) H o r i z o n t a l Sync Pluse 4.70 |is 2.50 u.s
d) Horizontal Back Porch 4.70 u,s 2.87 us
VERTICAL TIMING
f
525LINE 1049LINE
e) Field Time 16.683 ms 16.784 ms
f) Vertical Sync Pluse Width 572.10 u.s 576.0 (is
g) Blanking Interval 1.27 ms 1.28 ms
F I G U R E 8.2-4
GRAPHIC 14 B I T
4 BIT
BUFFER LOOK UP
TABLE
( LUT )
10 B I T 1 0 4 9 X 1 2 8 7
WITH GRPAHIC
OVERLAY
10 B I T VIDEO IMAGE 10 B I T
BUFFER
V I D E O DATA UPSCAN 1 049V
RS170 TIMING 1287H VIDEO 1
GRAPHIC 14 B I T
4 BIT
BUFFER LOOK UP
TABLE
( LUT )
10 B I T 1 0 4 9 X 1 2 8 7
WITH GRPAHIC
OVERLAY
10 B I T VIDEO IMAGE 10 B I T
BUFFER
V I D E O DATA UPSCAN 1 049V
RS170 TIMING 1287H VIDEO 2
GRAPHIC 14 B I T
4 BIT
BUFFER LOOKUP
TABLE
( LUT)
10 B I T 5 2 5 V X 1 2 8 7 H
WITH GRPAHIC
OVERLAY
10 B I T VIDEO IMAGE 10 BIT
BUFFER
VIDEO DATA RS170 525V
RS170 TIMING 1287H VIDEO 3
F I G U R E 8.2-5
REAL TIME
EDGE ENHANCEMENT
RTE2000 BOARD
IMS2000-RTE2000 REAL TIME ENHANCEMENT
PURPOSE:
The R T E board provides the operator with the ability to enhance the edge detail
in an image during live fluoroscopic procedures.
OPERATION:
LOCATION:
The R T E board is a single board Option and requires a single 16 bit I S A P C I/O
bus slot and is connected to the UPS2000 and VIP200 boards by two video bus
cable connectors. The video bus data enters the R T E board from the V I P board
then is routed to the UPS2000 board for image upscan display.
The board must be connected to the VIP2000 and UPS2000 boards for proper
operation. See schematics in section 8.3
IMS2000
IMAGE SYSTEM
BOARD SCHEMATICS
VIP2000, UPS2000, RTE2000
SECTION 8.3
VIP2000 SCHEMATICS
US
LIHDATO 23 LIHDO /
DO vo
Dl Y l
2 2 LIHD1 /
D2 Y2
21 LIHD2 /
D3 Y3
20 LIHD3 /
19 L I D4 /
u-1 Y4
18 L I D5 /
D5 Y5
D6 Y6
17 L I D6 /
D7 Y7
16 LIHD7 /
D8 Y8
15 LIHD8 /
14 LIHD9 /
D9 Y9
W2 W3 W4 W7
/DVSYNC TP TP TP TP
/DHSYNC
OC
>CP 0 $ •
74FCT821AT
/CBLANKQ
U65
DO YO
Dl Y l
D2 Y2 FIELD ^3D5,4C5,5C4,9C-:
D3 Y3 / C S Y N C ~ > 5C4, 6B6
/CBLANK
D4 Y4 /CBLAHjO 5C4,6B6
DS Y5 IHHACC ~> 4C8
D6 Y6 SERTR C5,4C8
D7 Y7 C3EFR C5,4C8
D8 Y8 VPEN > 3C5, 4C8, 5C4
CPTVIP
D9 Y9 C P T V I P ~> 3C5
OC
•CP
74FCT821AT
RHv-mro. .91
~S> 3B8
23 BHVIDO /
22 BHVID1 /
A
2 1 BHVID2
20 BHVIH3 /
19 BHVID4 /
IS BHVID5 /
17 BHVID6 A
16 BHVID7 /
15 BHVIDS /
14 BHVID9 /
74FCT821AT
CLK3B1 >3C8,4C8
CLK3B3 >6B6
/CLK3B1>4A8
BDRES >8D7
V L T C H I H
AO DQ1
A l DQ2
-{J5T_SPVTD> 4 C 8 , 5 C 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I C C I I I I I A2 DQ3
O O OOOO 3 2 L L O O O O O A3 DQ4
1 1 1 1 1 1 KK1 1 9 8 7
A4 DQ5
7 6 5 4 3 2 10 10
3 9 FVID4 A5 DQ6
105 1027 1018 106
3 8 FVID5 A6 DQ7
106 102 6 1019
37 FVID6 A7 DQ8
107 102 5 \ VADD8
3 6 FVID7 IO2 0 IOS A8 jBVID[0 . .7 } >5D8
102 4 1021 104
DISPVID SQ1
CK1/I5< 1022 103
MASKEN TR/OE SQ2
9 C 1| M A S K E N > 1023
roi
33 VLTCKIN 102 ME/WE SQ3
2B4, 4C8|CLK3B1
roo
FVID10 14 32 MIRHL SQ4
/FVID11 15 31 FVID8 AIMASK RAS SQ5
/FVID12 16 1023 5B5 1024 CAS SQ6
3 0 FVID9
/FVID13 17 102 2 2C3,4C8 102 5 SQ7
1021 2C3,4C8 1026 1047
67 VADD8 /
SE SQ8
2C3,4C8,5C4 66 VADD7
1027 104 6 SC
G5 VA D D G
1028 1045 QSF
64 VADD5 /
102 9 1044 DSF
1043
63 VADD4 /
A
CC 62 VADD3
103 0 1042
MACH210-15 LiLI
I I I I I I
MT42C8256-7
KK O O O O O O
I I I I I 2 3 13 3 3 3 4 4
O OOOO / / 7 6 7 8 9 0 1
3 3 3 3 3 1 I I
1 2 3 4 5 4 5 6
AO DQ1
A l DQ2
A2 DQ3
A3 PQ4
A4 PQ5
A5 PQ6
A6 PQ7
VMXOUT~"> 5 C 5 A7 PQ8 4BVID E10 - . 1 7 ] > 5 D S
MIRVL > 4 C 5 AS
SQ1
TR/OE SQ2
ME/WE SQ3
SQ4
RAS SQ5
4B8, 10B2IATADD [ 1 . .10] ' A T f i n nF CAS SQ6
SQ7
SE SQ8
SC
QSF
DSF
MT42C8256-7
/ST HST
/LP PLSE
9C1 / L D _ P L S E V
9C1
9C1 FCT0
FCT1
FCT2
U21
AO DQ1
H S T U W S A l DQ2
2C4|BHVID[0..9] > RHVTPfn 9t
s E 4H/IHSI S TUWWFSO> - / H I S T W R
/HISTRD
UWS
WR
A2
A3
PQ3
PQ4
9B6 /HISTRD, R P A4 PQ5
9B4 A5 PQ6
31 ATADD1 / \ VADD6
PINO IOADPD A6 DQ7 B V I D [ 8 . .9 j > 5D8
PIN1 IOADP1
30 ATADD2 A \ VADD7
A7 DQ 8
PIN2 IOAPP2
29 ATADD3 A AS BVID[18..19]>5D8
PIN3 IOAPP3
28 ATADD4 A SQ1
PIN4 IOAPD4
27 ATADD5 A TR/OE SQ2
PINS IOADD5
26 ATADD6 A\ ME/WE SQ3
PIN6 IOADD6
25 ATADD7 A sg4
PIN7 IOADD7
24 ATADD8 A RAS SQ5
PINS 23 ATADD9 /
IOADD8 CAS SQ6
PIN9 IOADD9
22 ATADD10 A SQ7
SE SQ8
SC
QSF
PINO DIO0 PSF
DIN1 DIOl
PIN2 DI02
PIN3 DI03 MT42CS 256-
DIN4 DI04
DIN5 DI05
DINS DI06
DIN7 DI07
DINS DIOS
DIN9 DI09
DIO10 ATDAT10
DIN10
DIN11 D I O l l
DIN12 DI012
PIN13 DI013
DIN14 DI014 ATPAT14
DIN15 DI015
PIN16 DIOl 6
DIN17 DI017
PIN18 DTOIS
DIN19 DI019
DIN2 0 DIO20
DIN2 1 DI021
DIN22 DIQ22
DIN2 3 DI023
HSP48410-33
1
O V M A 1 0 . .91
CPU_.DISP
9B1 C P U _ D I S P :
CPU CAPT
9 B1 CPU._CAPT
9 Si C L R F R R D Y CLRFR_RDY \ OVMA0 25
>— AO DQ1
\ OVMA1 24
A l DQ2
\ OVMA2 23
A2 DQ3
\ OVMA3 22
A3 DQ4
Ovi-Lv'l I 9
4'i \
\ OVMA5 18
A4 DQ5
A5 DQ6 ^OVED[0..3] > 5 E
\ OVMA6 17
A6 DQ7
OVERLAY MEMORY \ OVMA7 16
1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I A7 DQ8
O O O O O O O O O O O O \ OVMA8 15
A8
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 11
u
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 10 9 8 /OVTR 7
SQ1 ^OVOD[0..3] > 5 B 8
1031 1017 TR/OE SQ2
/CPUCAS2 /OVWR 13
1032 161-6 ME/WE 3Q3
/IOCHRDY" 46 /CPUCAS1
103 3 1615 SQ4
9B4| / M E M S E L > — 1034 1014
/CPURAS2 /OVRAS 14
RAS SQ5
1035 1013 /OVCAS 27
/CPURAS1 CAS SQ6
CLK2/I4 1012 SQ7
CLK3/15 13 35
SE SQ8
2 A 4 , 5 C 4 , 9C4| / B D R E S 16 OVSC 2
SC
QSF
12 t 29
DSF
9A6,10B6 /SBHE >— 17 CLK1/I1
9A6,10B6 103 6 CLKO/10
9A6,10B6 1037 I O l l MT42C8256-7
1038 IO10
103 9 109
2C3I I H H A C C ^ > - IO40 IOS
25
2C3 , 3C5|SERTR >-— 104 1 107
S OVMA0
24
AO DQ1
I I I I I I OVMA 3
DQ2
s 23
O O O O O O I I I I I I A l
OVMA 2 DQ3
s 22
4 4 4 4 4 4 O O O O O O A2
OVMA3
2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 2C3,5C4 DQ4
19
A3
MAC H 2 2 0 - 1 5 2C3,5C4 \ OVMA4
DQ5
18
A4
C PTCTRL. PDS 3C4 MIRVL >—
AGC MEMORY \ OVMA 5
17
A5 DQ6
k OVMA 6
OVMA'/
16
A6 DQ7
15
A7 DQ8
2C3 , 3C5 C B E F R OVMA 8
A8
7
2 C 3 , 3 C 5 , 5C4 VDEN > SQ1 -jAGCED0~~> 5B8
DISPVID /AGCTR
3 D 5 , 5C-1 TR/OE SQ2
9 E4
/C P U A C C
/AGCCAS
/ AOCWR
13 ME/WE SQ3
14
9B4 SQ4
/AGCACC /AGCRAS /AGCRAS
9B4
27
RAS SQ5 HAGCOD0 >5B8
9 B 4 / LMR /AGCCAS
CAS SQ6
35 SE
SQ7
SQ8
AGCSC
2 SC
29 DSF
QSF
R60
RES
332
2 C 3 , 5C4| / H S Y N C >— C P U A I Q
- - 8 1
8 ATDAT0 /
AO DQ1
4 C 8 , 1 0 B 2 r A T A D D [0 . - 15~p A l DQ2
9 ATDAT1 /
10 ATDAT2 /
A2 DQ3
1 1. ATDAT3 /
A3 DQ4
C PU MEMORY 3 j ATDAT4 /
A4 DQ5
A5 DQ6
32
33
ATDAT5
ATDAT6
/
/
gFtfBBff | • 1 1 rg~PUED [ 0 . . 7 ) > 5C8
\ ATADD2 A6 DQ7
34 ATDAT7 /
A7 DQ8
A8
3 CPUED0 /
SQ1
4 C PLIED 1 /i
TR/OE SQ2
5 C PUED2 /
ME/WE SQ3
6 CPUED3 /
I I I I I I I I C C I I I I I SQ4
O OOOOO 3 2 L L O O O O O /CPUHAS1 :? 6 CPUED4 /
RAS SQ5
1 1 1 1 1 1 KK 1 1 9 8 7 /CPUCAS1 /CPUCA51 37 CPUED5 /
7 6 5 4 3 2 10 10 CAS SQ6
-:- 8 CPUED6
SQ7 X
\ ATADD3 28 39 CPUED7
IOIS 106 SE SQ8
\ ATADD4 29
1019 SC
X ATADD5 30
X
IO2 0 105 QSF
ATADDfi 31
k
102 1 104 DSF
ATADD7 32
1022 103
ATADD8 33
1023 102
l O l
IC0
1024
ATADD10 37
1025
\ ATADD11 3 8
1026 1047
\ ATADD12 8 ATDAT8 /
1027 1046 AO DQ1
\ ATADD13 9 ATDAT9 /
102 8 1045
k
ATADD14 41 A l DQ2
102 9 1044 10 ATDAT10 /
A2 DQ3
1043 11 ATDAT11 /
ATADDI5 43 C C A3 DQ4
IO30 1042 31 ATDAT12 /
L L A4 DQ5
I
K K
I I I I 2 3 I I I I I I
A5 DQ6
32
33
ATDAT13
ATDAT14
/
/
^TO f?..71 icPUODIO.
D
.7T-->5C8
O O O O O / / O O O O O O A6 DQ7
34 ATDAT15 /
3 3 3 3 3 I I I 1 3 3 3 3 4 4 A7 DQ8
U A D D f 1, 6 . B 1 1 2 3 4 5 4 5 6 7 6 7 8 9 0 1 AS
9 B 4 f U A D D [ 1 6 . . 1 8 ] >E 3 CPUOD0
SQ1
4 CPUOD1 /
TR/OE SQ2
5 CPUOD2
ffl
M E / WE SQ3 /
6 C PUOD3 /
\ UADD16 SQ4
/CPURAS2 / C" P U R A S 2 36 CPUOD4 /
\ UADD17 RAS SQ5
/C PUCAS2 37 CPUOD5 /
\ UADD18 CAS SQ6
38 CPUOD6 /
SQ7
39 CPUOD7 /
SE SQ8
SC
26 .
QSF
DSF
MT42C8256-7
R61
/CLK3B1
2A4r7cLK3Bl >-
RES
221
C P U D I
R62 T i t l e
RES
CPU CAPTURE BUFFER
332
S i z e Document Number REV
C CPUMEM.SCH 2
or JI
Date : December 12, 19 9 4 | S h e e t 4 of 11
3B1, 5D81BVID [ 0 . .9
3 B 1 , 5D8|BVID [ 9 . .1 9T
D V T O I O . ,9J_
^ D V I D j O . - 9) > 6C7
4B1<CPUED [ Q . . 7]
4 A l < C P U O D [ 0 . .7 ]
9Bir7vBOUT >- i^C OE2
74FCT827AT
, 4C5
/BDHSYNC
2C3
BDFIELD
2C3 F I E L D
DISPVID BDISPVID
, 4C8
z
, 4CS VDEN >
2C3
/CBLANK /BCBLANK R63
2C3
3II/VCOUT >-
74FCT827AT
+ 5V
4DiroVED [ 0 .
IO/CLK I/OO
4Dl[75vbD [ 0 . . 3 ~ 11 I / O l
12 1/02
13 1/03
14 1/04
15 1/05 -j A I M A S K > 3C5
16 1/06
17 1/07
18 I/OS
19 1/09
110
4C1|A G C E D O >— 111 NC
CONSOA
GND GND
5 B 4 r o V L D [ 0.
U3 6
\ DVID2
PO DO
\ DVID3
PI Dl
P2 D2
P3 D3
P4 D4
P5 D5
P6 D6
P7 D7
OLO IOR 2 ®
OL1 IOG
OL2 IOB
OL3
OPA
VREF COMP
IREF
2 C 3 , 5C4] / C S Y N C SYNC
2 C 3 , 5C4| / C E L . BLANK
SETUP VAA
S/6 VAA
VAA
a®
4B8, 10B2| ATADDO RSO VAA
4 B 8 , 1 0 B 2 A TA D D 1 RSI
LM3 8 5 - 1 . 2
4 B 8 , 1 0 B 2 A TA D D 2 RS2 GND
GND
9B4| / B T R D ED
9B4[ / B T W R ~ > C207
WR
0 . l u F
2B4fc"LK3B3 >— CAP NP:
B T 4 7 8-5 0
2
-@
C2 0 9
-a C2 0 5
0 . l u F lOuF
C107
Jl
11
1
0 .l u F AGND
3IT12
3IT11 R7»
3IT10
3IT9 2 OK
BITS TP
VREF
3IT7
3IT6 R37 0
-tyV\—
\ ATDAT4
^ r
3IT5
\ ATDAT3
3IT4 RF3
\ ATDAT2
3IT3
\ ATDAT1
3IT2
3IT1 IOUT1
R4 0
ATnAT r
y- .luF AGND
3IT12
\ ATDAT10
3IT11
\ ATDAT 9
3IT10
\ ATDAT3 W9
3IT9
\ ATDAT7 TP
3IT8 VREF
\ ATDAT6
3IT7
\ ATDAT5 R69
3IT6
\ ATDAT4
3IT5
\ ATDAT3
3IT4 RFB
\ ATDAT2
3IT3
\ ATDAT1
3IT2
3IT1 IOUT1
/DAC2CS DACOUT2
9B4|7"DAC2CS >— [ D A C O U T T > 8D3
R65
OP4 9 5 9.0 9K POT
2K
AD7 54 5 A
T i t l
D/A OUTPUTS
S i z e Docur tent Number REV
C DACS.SCH 2
Date Mav 5, 1995lSheet 7 o f 11
3A4 , 4 D 3 , 6 C S , 7 C 7 , 9 D 2 ,I0C2<ATDAT[0..7] > ATDrtTfP,•7U PA r o. 7 1
y
5 PAO /
PAO
4 PA1 /
PA1
\ ATDAT2 3 PA2_/
PA2
2 P A 3 /
PA3
44 P A 4 /
PA4
PA 5 43 P A 5 / PBro, .71
42 P A G /
PA6
41 PA7 /
PA7
20 P BO /
5
9B4 PBO
21 P B1 /
9B4 PB1
22 P B2 /
4B8,10B2 PB2
4 B 8 , 1 0 B 2 A T A DDI PB3
24 P B3 / FB5
j:
2A4 BDRES >- PB4
25 PB4 /
n
LS
j
26 PBS /
934 PB5
27 PB6 /
PB6 F B
28 PB7 /
PB7 - C3 6 7CII DACOUTl">-
0 . l u F 7Bl| D A C Q U T l V
PCO
16 PCO / CAP KP
1
17 P C I /
PCI
1 8 PC2 /
PC 2
1 9 PC 3 / AGND GND
PC 3
PC4
1 5 PC 4 /
PC 5
1 4 PC 5 /
1 3 PC6 /
PC 6
PC 7
11 PC 7 /
PC f Q . .71
16
i1s4. .
J
/
<
12 1
PCO
11 PCI /
10 PC 2 /
9 PC 3 /
FAftfi
+ 5 V
1 6
15
14
I PC 4
PC 5
/
/
13 PC 6 /
1 2
1 1
PC7
/
10
9
T i t 1
IO PORT INTERFACE
S i z e Document Number REV
C INTERFAC.SCH 2
Date : December 13, 1994lSheet 8 o f 11
|S |4 |3 ^2 ^4 |4 |4 J4
9A6, lOBSfSATO . . 9 ]
105 1027
106 102 6
107 102 5
ENFR_RDY
102 4
2C3 , 4 C 5 , 5C4I / V S Y N C >— CK1/I5< 1
ATDAT fO _ _71
3 A 4 , 4 D 3 , 6 C 5 , 7 C 7 , 8 D 7 , 1 0C2<T"ATDAT [ 0 - -7 ]
2A4|SYSCLK >— C K O / 1 2 14
IOS 13
109 1023 cr.,RV__ • N T
/MEMOUT
1022
1021
U16
1A1 1Y1
1A2 1Y2
1A3 1Y3
1A4 1Y4
I O D B . P D S
2A1 2Y1
MACH210-15
2C3 , 5C4jFIELp~'>— 2A2 2Y2
U12
/LD_PLSE
Dl Ql / L D _ P L S T > 3B6
D2 Q2
\ ATDAT2
D3 Q3
S ATDAT 3
D4 Q4 M A S K E N > 3 C 5
< D5 Q5
D6 Q6
X_ _ C P U D I S P
D7 Q7 CPU D I S P ;
C P U C A P T
D8 Q8 CPU CAPT ,
>CLK
/MEMSEL
/ M E M S E L > 4 C 8
uwg
H/IHS I S T R D
/AGCACC
H I S U W S J
/ H I S T R D ;
/AGCACC;
U13
/CPUACC
/ c P U A C C ; Dl Ql
/ LMR >4C8 D2 Q2
UADD18 ~> 4A8, 9B4 D3 Q3
U A D D 1 7 ~~> 4 A 8 , 9 B 4
UADD16 >4A8,9B4 D4
D5
Q4
Q5
CLRV._INT
> 7C7 D6 Q6
EHFR._RDY
•\ / H I S T W R > 3 B 6 /DAC2CS. * 7B7 D7 Q7
/DAC1CS CLRFR_RDY
/DAC1CS • 7C7 D8 Q8 ^CLRFR,RDY"> 4D8
>CLK
1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O
5 4 3 2 1 0 4 4 4 4 4 4
7 6 5 4 3 2
107 1041 /' T T L C S ~ > 8 D 7
IOS IO40 / T T L R D ~> 8D7
109 103 9 / T T L W R ~ > 8D7
rs. U14A IO10 103 8 / BTWR ^>6B6
I O l l 1037 /BTRD > 6B6
lOBSfBALE >— CLKO/10 1036
74FC CLK1/I1 17
10B6["LA [ 1 7 . 12
16
/MEMRYSEL
13 CLK3/15
1012 CLK2/14
1013 103 5
1014 103 4
1015 103 3
1016 1032
1017 103 1
I I I I I I I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O
112 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
QO 8 9 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MDECB.PDS
Ql
MACH2 20 - 1 5
Q2
Q3
IKQ5
Q4 \IRQ5 >IOCS
SW SMT-4
Q5
Q6 10B6 / S B H E > —
IRQ7
Q7 4C8,10B6 HIRQ7 > 10C8
4C8,10B6
10C6 SA16 >-
9D8,10B6 HIRQIO > 1 0 B 8
/£ •j / M E M C S 1 6 > 1 0 B S
IOCTRL.SCH
' January 3, 19 9 5 I S h e e t
3 > 3A-i,4D3,6C5,7C7,8D7, 9D2, 10C2
r
ATDAT0 A
*-12V - 1 2 V ATDAT1 A
ATDAT2 A
ATDAT3 A
GND -IOCHK
RESET SD7
+ SV SD6
IRQ9 SD5
-5V SD4
DRQ2 SD3
-12V SD2
-SRDY SD1
+ 12V SDO
GND IOCHRDY
B l l HTT~> 3 A 4 , 4 B 3 . £ C S , 7 C 7 , 8 D 7 , 9 D 2 , 1 0 C 2
-SMEMW AEN
B12
-SMEMR SA19
B1 J
-IOW SA18
-IOR SA17 17 ATDAT14 ,
B15
-DACK3 SA16 ATDAT13 j
__B 1 6 16
DRQ3 SA15 ATDAT12 j
B17 1 S
-DACK1 SA14 1 -\ ATDAT11 j
DRQ1 SA13 13 ATDAT10 ,
RFRSH SA12 1 ?. ATDAT9 ,
BCLK SA11 ATDAT8 ,
I 1
9Al|TKQ7~*>~ IRQ7 SA10
IRQ6 SA9
9Al|TRQ5~>— IRQ5 SA8 9C4j / D A T ^ ; ; H > -
IRQ4 SA7
IRQ3 SA6
-DACK2 SA5
TC SA4
BALE SA3 2> 338. 4B8, SB6,8U7
+ 5V SA2
B3-0 U3
osc SA1
1 8 ATADDO
P. 3 1
HB A L E > 9B8 GND SAO 1A1 1 Y 1
I 6 ATADD1
1A2 1 Y 2
14 ATADD2 /
1A3 1 Y 3
12 ATADD3 /
1A4 1 Y 4
9 AT.ADD 4 /
2A1 2 Y 1
7 ATADD5
2A2 2 Y 2
2A3 2 Y 3
5 ATADD6 /
3 ATADD7
2A4 2 Y 4
p 4
1G
P2
/KEMCS16 P > 3353 , 4 3 3 , 6 B 6 , 3 D 7
9A4| / M E M C S 1 6 " > -HEMCS16 SBHE
-IOCS16 LA23
9A1|IRQ10 > IRQ10 LA22
18 ATADD8
IRQ11 LA21
16 ATADD9
IRQ12 L.A2 0
14 ATADD10
IRQ15 LAI 9
12 ATADD11
I R Q 14 LAI 8
9 ATADD12 /
-DACKO LA17
7 ATADD13 /
DRQO MEMR
MEMVJ
5 ATADD14 /
-DACK5
3 ATADD15
DRQ5 SD8
-DACK6 SD9
DRQ6 SD10
-DACK7 SD1 1
DRQ7 SD12
+ 5V SD13
SD14
SD15
CON AT3SC
ATBUS INTERFACE
Document Number
ATBUS.SCH
December 13, 1994|sheet
T R5^ T R4<
' Wr
Wl via
W2 W3
0 . l u F 10 0 . l u F
m 5! 0 C13 C14
0
"If •7k
4 . 7uF
J4 U91 AGND
0 2 VINO
GND
V+ 16
R61
J5 15 VIDSRC
.R4 8 2 vo AV\— IVIDSRC >7D8
•49.9 0 J6
VIN1
GND V-
14 RES
10
R60
R47 2 VIDSRCFB
75
VIN2
GND
FB
-AM—
AGND SD l12 RES
IT
R4 6
75 VIN3
REF
EN
A l
1 PUSD
MV 1 . 3K
AO
AGND LT1204CS
LT1204
W4 W6
0 0 h5VA
R52
6BllAGC~> A G C C3
+ 5VA
IK C l l
: l . O U F - CIO 10uF
METALLIZED FILM 0 . l u F
C4
l u F
U62 0 . l u F + 5VA
VCC AGND C5
VCC
R58 C12 VG VCC
VIDSRC VIDSRCB II 0 . l u F J
RES 1 . OuF
R54
12 C L C I -
R57. 0 AGND
+ RG I -
O CERAMIC AXIAL -RG
10 VIDGNA
-AM—'
2K
R5 6
732 VOUT AM * -j V I D G N B > 3D8
-VIN 10
R53
7 C 2 | B P C L M P "> BPCLAMP CLCVREF
-AM-
B P C L M P
I 1
Q l VREF GND
IK 2N7000 -VCC - V C C
R51-< R5 0
7 5 >• 2 0 CLC522AJE
AGND C8 CLC522 C€
SILICONIX
H H O . l u F
C7
0 . l u F
AGND - 5 V A
COMLI NEAR
T i t l e
VIDEO MUX & DC RESTORE
S i z e Document Number REV
B VIDMUX2. 2
May 1995|Sheet 2 of
W13
R68 0
VIDOFSTFB T R71
TBD L—AM- ^ k
10 io 4 . 7uF
4 .7uF
+ 12VA C21 C23
T R6
R6 9
' — vMw — U92 ^VA
10 VDOFST VINO V+ AGND
4 . 7uF
C19 GND
U82 15 VIDLOUT {vTDLOUT> 4B8
VO
VIDLC VIN1
2 B 2] V I D G N B >- 1 VIN- 14
GND V-
V+ R7 4
R7 2 13 VIDLOUTFB
VIHt
7 VOFST
VIN2 FB
R7 5 -wv—
OFFSET __A AA
R 7
OFFSET I 3 VOUT
^ M ~ GND
5B1| O F F S E T >
-AAA- /BPCLMP 4
S/H
GND VIN3
SD
EN szzr 84S
~C2| / B P C L M P >- 20 HOLD REF A l R73
AO
V-
84 5
LT12 0 4CS
EL4089CS LT1204 AGND
EL4089C
14B1|GAM ON
0 . luF
R70 C31
M—
10
^k
L Z V A
T R663 >12VA
W10 W12 T R6
•—AM
R66
0 0 10 0 . luF M-
L—AM
C25 O . luF W9 win
10
C29
0 ra
4 . 7uF
AD811 4 . 7uF
AGND AD811
R8S R85 U7 3
VDOFSTA U7 5 AGND
VDOFSTB 3
-AM— R62
1
—Wi— R7 8
•AM—
_DLA
75
-AM R83
VIDLCFB 2
AD811JR
348
D6
DIODE SCHOTTKY <^ VGSET
0 . luF
1N5712 /N T R6
/R4 0
R65 C2 8
IK
R82 M MM—
10
^k
4 . 7uF
AGND
R84
R45
499
-MV-
T i t l e
VIDEO OFFSET & LEVELING
Si.:e Document Ni m W e r IREV
B V I D O F F . SCH
D a t: e Kav 5, 19 9 5 S h e e t s of 16
+ 5VA
W18
0
U83D
OP495GS
OP495
AD58 9JR
1 AD589
AGND AGND 10K
T R90 C34
'—W\r—
0 . luF
C37
-If"
U83A lOuF AGND
2
R89
1 OVR
OP495GS
AAA-
OP495 10 ±- C40
AGND C39 Z "* lOuF ADVTp [ 0 | , ? j | ^ y j - p [Q, .9 ] > 8D3 , 9C8
0 . luF
U81
• 5VA 3.6VRHF U85
VRHF D10
3•6VRHS 27 1 23 ADVID9 /
VRHS D9 DO YO
26 ADV8 3 22 ADVID8
D8 Dl Y l
/
25 ADV7 4 21 ADVID7 '
VMSB D7 D2 Y2
24 ADV6 5 20 ADVID6 /
2S DIODE SCHOTTKY D6 D3 Y3
OVRLS 23 ADV5 6 19 ADVID5
'/RLS D5 D4 Y4
/
1N5712 OVRLF 20 ADV4 7 18 ADVID4 /
VRLF D4 D5 Y5
19 ADV3 8 17 ADVID3 /
D3 D6 Y6
18 ADV2 9 16 ADVID2 /
3 P l | V I D L O U T > V I D L O U T
V\V VIN D2 D7 Y7
15 ADVID1
4
VCAL 17 AD V I 10
VCAL Dl D8 Y8
16 ADVO 11 14 ADVIDO
D4 DO D9 Y9
CLK5 13
DIODE SCHOTTKY C41 SLJC
1N5712 0 . luF
15
EN h5V CLK5
4c OC
+ 5VA >CP
DAV
T RR991 GND 74FCT821ATSO
DVDD
10 21 74FCT821
1
—VW WDD DGND
AGND DVDD
AGND DGND
C38 SPT7855SCS : C35 : : C36
O . luF SPT7860 o. luF 0 . luF
8C5ITESTON >-
CLK5
8A6|CLK5~~>
T i t l e
VIDEO A/D CONVERTER
Size Document Number REV
B VIDAD2.SCH 2
Date: J a n u a r y 3, 1995|sheet 4 of 16
^12VA
OFF REF
T Rl(
'—MV
3 .57K U67A
R104
OFF A D J
OP2 9 5GS -AM—
OP295
0 .l u F
T Rl< C51
M M1 0 -
• 5VA lOuF AGND
0 . l u F 1
AGND RFB_OFF
6B7, 13C8, 14D4, 1 5 C 2 < A T D A T f 0 . . 11 ) > ATDAT f 0 111
U7 0
18 -12VA
VDD
R9<
ATDAT11
\
ATDAT10
AT DAT 9
BIT12
BIT11 MM-
BIT10 10 W2 0 W21
ATDAT8 lOuF
BIT9
\ ATDAT7
BIT8
AT DAT 6 C43
BIT7 R102
ATDAT5 10
BIT6
\
ATDAT4
AT DAT 3
11
12
BITS
BIT4 20 0 . l u F
-AM
\ ATDAT2 13 40 . 2 K
BIT3 15pF I '
\ ATDAT1 14 U65A
BIT2
ATDAT0 15 OUT O F F R103 U65D
BIT1
1
14B4
14B4
/ O F F C S ~^>-
/OGWR >-
/OFFCS
/OGWR
16
17
CS-
WR-
•AM— 16 OFFSET
[OFFSET >3C8
OP4 9 5GS 10K 14
OP495 OP495GS
1 OP495
R101 3
AD7545ALP
GND AD7545A 4 .99K
C44
0 .l u F
-12VA
f R9 8 C47
MM-
10
lOuF
AGND
T i t l e
DAC GAIN & OFFSET CONTROL
Size Document Number REV
B OFFDAC. SCH 2
Date : December 15, 19 94 S h e e t 5 o f 16
AGC REF
R145 C172
^—AAV
M—
10
lOuF
+ 12VA C173
T R110
1
—AAA—
3 . 57K R112 U67B
0 . luF
GAIN
W2 2 CONTROL
AGND
6 R105
AGC. ADJ -AAA—
OP295GS 20K
OP295
IK
• 5VA
VDD
W2 3
ATDAT11 BIT1
\ ATDAT10
BIT1
ATDAT9 BIT1 C50
ATDAT8 BIT9
AT DAT 7 BIT8 19
AT DAT 6 VRE
BIT7 0.OOluF R108
AT DAT 5 10 BIT6
ATDAT3
BIT5
BIT4
-AAA—
ATDAT2 20K
BIT3
ATDAT1 14 BIT2 15pF
\ ATDAT0 15 BIT1 OUT AGC R106 UG5C
AGC_FB R107
14B4 / G A I H C S > /GAINCS 16
CS-
14B4 /OGWR >- / OGWR 17 WR-
OP495GS
10K 12 AAA— {AGC > 2C7
OP495
10
OP4 9 5GS
R i l l OP495
AD754 5ALP
4 . 99K
GND AD754 5
AGND
T i t l e
DAC GAIN & OFFSET CONTROL
Size Document Number RE\J
B GAINDAC.SCH 2
Date: January 3, 1995|sheet 6 of 16|
C54
O . luF
W2 5 W2 4
+ 12VA R114
T R l l7 C60 0 0
MAA- tt- -AAA
0 . luF 681K
C7 0
A D 8 11
U94 7
1r
4.7uF 12
U63
5 /VSYNCI /VSYNCI
VIDSRC 3 AGND RSET VSYNC /VSYNCI . 8C8
2DlfvTbSRC >- 13 FIELDI FIELDI 8C8
6 ODD/EV
HSYNC 15 /HSYNCI /HSYNCI
F I L I N / H S Y N C T > 8C8
AD811JR
2 DETLEV
4 C61 FILOUT RLV
FVID6AC 8 CSYNCO J7 9A
C56 VIDIN C58
-12VA 0 . luF LVOUT •R115 "
10 NOSIG 0 . luF
T R l l ! C71 RF NOSIG 82 . 5K
0 . luF 11 /BPCLMP
BPCLMP
MAA— DGND 7 4ACTQ14
AGND
R l l ^
! . 1K<
R119 EL4583CS
: CM AGND GND
0 . luF EL4583C
-AAA— /BPCLMP
NOSIG >
/BPCLMP>
8C6
3C8
562
U7 9B
74ACTQ14
+ 12V U90
LM317LZ
VIN VOUT
A
D C66 R123
R121
C65
0 . luF J LM317LZ
301
lOuF 10
GND + 5V1
C67
R122
909
R124
0.OOluF
4 . 99K SMT FILM
U64
VCOCTRL 24 W C O VDD 20 -5VR
+ 5VR 21
PDEN VDDO
AVDD + 5V1
SOUT 2 C62
14B4 SDATA
14B4 ' SCLK 3 SCLK 0.OluF
14B4 SELN 4 R116 C59
SELN C64 - C69
CP ||
IPRG -vw
51.IK 0-OluF
0.OluF 22uF
R125 15 VCL
100K FINE OUT1
OUT2
CLK- OUT 3
: C68 19 l l :
CLK+ OUT4
0 . luF R120
XTAL/EX
XTAL2
16
-AAA— -TVCLK > 8C8
VSS
EXTFBK VSS
EXTVCO VSS
ICS1522M
ICS1522
^ A D V I D [ Q . .9 3 > 9C8
a
/MRSHSYNC /MRSVSYNC
MRSVDEN /MRSCBLNK
7D2[7HSYNCT>
/MRSRES MRSCPTVID
MRSVID4 /MRSCSYNC
MRSVIDO
I I I I I I I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O
5 4 3 2 1 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 MRSVID9
7 6 5 4 3 2
16 MRSCPTVID
M R S V D E N
14Bir/TPEN CLK3/15
/MRSCSYNC
CLK2/14
/ C B L A M K O /CBLAMKO /MRSCBLNK
103 5
T E S T O N
103 4
103 3
-\ T E S T O N > 4A8
/BRDRES 10 / M R S R E S -AAA-
103 2
103 1
I I I I I I I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 4 4
1 4 B lj~7 B L A N K ~Z
7 C 2 f N Q S I G Z.
14C4|7BRDRES Z
P A T 10 1
1 0 C 1 , 13 B2| L I H D A T [ 0 . • T ] > ^
/DVSYNCO
/DHSYNCO
DFIELDO
/CSYNCOQ
/CBLANKOO
U59
-AAA— /DVSYNC
DO Y0
/DHSYNC
Dl Y l
47 . 5
D2 Y2
/ C S Y N C O
D3 Y3
R135 /CBLAMKO
HCLK2 >10C8,11DS D4 Y4
D5 Y5
-AAA— D6 Y6
R127 D7 Y7
DS Y8
-wv— D9 Y9
OC
>CP
R128
R131 A D V T D f 0 - - 91
-AM—
SYSCLKA
-AAA— HSYSCLKA> 14B6
47 . S
R133 SYSCLKB
-AAA—
TIMING GENERATION & OUTPUT BUFFERS
ize Document Number
C TIMGEN.SCH
ate : J a n u a r y 9 , 1995|Sheet 8 o f
RT.1 A f 0 . - 1 3 1
13D2<TRL.1A [ 0 - . 13 ]
4 B 2 , 8 D 3 | A D V I D f O . .9] ^ A H Y T P f O . .9]
7 RL1D0
8 RL1D1 V
9 RL1D2 \
10 RL1D3
13 RL1 D4 \
14 RL1DS \
\ RLIA6 15 RL1D6 \
RL1A7 1 6 RL1D7 '•-
\ RL1A8 29 RL1D8 \
3 0 RL1D9 \
3 1 RL1D10
RL1A11 32 RL1D11 \
8A6, 12B7[CLK6 >
\ RL1A12 35 RL1D12
36 RL1D13 \
37 RL1D14 •••••
38 RL1D15 1
\
llDSf/RLl WR>- / R L I vm
/RL1 BLR / R U B L E
/RL1 BHE /RL1_BHE
3> IOCS, 13C2
UPD431016LE-20
GND NEC
14B1|RLUA [0 - 3 j ~ * > J i h S f t i j MT5C64K16A1
U37
1A1 1Y1
1A2 1Y2
1A3 1Y3
1A4 1Y4
2A1 2Y1
2A2 2Y2
R L 2 A 1 4 A
2A3 2Y3
RL2A15 \
2A4 2Y4
/RL1 ATEH /RL1 VIDEN
HD5r7RLl_ATEN >— 1G
/RL2 VIDEN
74F04SC
NATIONAL 74LS244M
74F04 NATIONAL
U15C 74LS244
L> 11D1, 12C7
11D51/RL2 ATEN > /RL2_ATEN H/RL2_VIDEN > 1 1 D 1
74F04SC
NATIONAL
74F04
9C2, 13C2<"RL1D ( 0 U3 9
AO DQ1
LIHDAT1 /
A l DQ2
DQ3
2 RFDAT0 / AT3 /
A3 DQ4
5 RFDAT1 / A4
6 RFDAT2 / A5
9 RFDAT3 / A6
1 2 RFDAT4 / A7
1 5 RFDAT5 / RFDAT10
A8
.6 RFDAT6 / RFDAT11
A9
19 RFDAT7 / RFDAT12
A10
RFDAT13
A l l
RFDAT14
A12
RFDAT15
A13
RFDAT16
A14
RFDAT17
A15
llCirRL2MD [ Q A16
RFDAT19 11
A17
2 RFDAT8 /
5 RFDAT9 <•
CK
12C2rRL2D [ 4 6 RFDAT10 /
9 RFDAT11 / /LIH WRL QE.
WE
12 RFDAT12 /
15 RFDAT13 / MCM62 2 9AWJ2 5
16 RFDAT14 / MOTOROLA
19 RFDAT15 / MT5C1005
U38
L I H D A T 4 /
AO DQ1
LIHDAT5
A l •g2
LIHDAT6 /
A2 DQ3
LIHDAT7
A3 DQ4
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
RFDAT11
A9
RFDAT12
A10
RFDAT13
A l l
18 RFDAT16/ RFDAT14
1 Y 1 A12
16 RFDAT17 /
1 Y 2 A13
14 RFDAT18 /
1 Y 3 A14
12 RFDAT19 / RFDAT17
1 Y 4 A15
9 RFDATJ 7 /
2 Y 1 A16
7 RFDAT': 8 /
2 Y 2 A17
5
2 Y 3
3 x
2 Y 4
RFDAT19 f
/LIH WRL
WE
MCM6229AWJ25
DM74LS244M MOTOROLA
GND NATIONAL MT5C1005
74LS244 U40
LIHDAT8
AO DQ1
LIHDAT9
A l DQ2
A2 DQ3
A3 DQ4
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A l l
RFDAT14
A12
A13
A14
A15
RFDAT18 10
A16
R F D A T 19' 11
A17
CE
/LIH_WRL
1 1 C 5 p ~ L I H . W R tT
/LIH_WRH
1 1 C 5 i 7 " L I H~WRH~I WE
MCM6229AWJ25
MOTOROLA
MT5C1005-25
T i t l e
ALU & LAST IMAGE HOLD LUT
S i z e Document Number REV
C ALULIH.SCH 2
Date • J a n u a r y 12 , 1995|sheet 10 o f 16
•I / R L 1 W?~> =
\ /RL2_V?T> :
|4 4 4T3J:
3 1 0 9 1
I I I I I I I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
14B4(~7MEMSEL>— /MEHSEL 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 /RL2_ENH
1031 1017 / RL2 E5C-: > 13A3 I I I I I I I I I I I I
25 / RL2 ENL
103 2 IOI6 / RL2 > 13A8 O O O O O O OO O O O O
8D3 D F I E L D p 24 / RL 1 ENH 5 4 3 2 1 0 4 4 4 4 4 4
I033 I015 / RL1 > 13BS
8B6/DHSYNCb 23 / RL1 ENL 7 6 5 4 3 2 9B61/RL2 VIDEN-> /RL2_VIDEN
I034 I014 / RL1 y " > -3B3
8D3/DVSYNC; 22 /LIH ENH
103 5 I013 /LIH EJvH > 13A8 107 1041
8A6 7 C L K 2 >— 21 /LIH ENL MXSELO
CLK2/14 I012 /LIH EKL > 13AS IOS IO40
8B6 CLK2 >—- CLK3/I5 20 /MEMWR
13 IO 9 1039 14BlfLUTSEL >—
16 IOIO 1038
I O l l I037
12 CLK0/I0 1036
17 CLK1/I1 CLK1/I1 17
1036 CLK0/I0 12
/RL2_BHE
I037 I O l l
/RL2 B L E
1038 IO10 16
/RL1 BHE
1039 I09 13 CLK3/15
/RL1 B L E /RL2..VICEN
IO40 IOS I012 CLK2/I4
1041 /LIH_WRH
I07 I013 1035
IOI4 1034
I I I I I I I033
I015
O O O O O O I I I I I I
4 4 4 4 4 4 O O O O O O IOI 6 1032
2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 1017 1031
14A6, 15B6[7~v : I I I I I I I I I I I I
FCTRL2.PDS 1 O O O O O O O O O O O O
14A6, 1 •)B6p- 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MACH12 0 - 1 5 • 9 • I A1 I R L 2 M D [~0~^
/LIH_V.'RL MACH12 0
R137 MUXES.PDS
RES
221
/RFBCAS2
/RFBCAS1
/RFBRAS
R138
RES RFBOD12
3 3 2 RFBOD11
RFEOD10
1 2 C 3 , 1 3B2j"R~L2DAT j 0 .
R13 9
RES
22 1
RFBAf 0 .
R140
RES
332
0 C 1 , 1 3 D2| R F D A T [ 0 . . l T T ^ ^ ^ - ? ^ ^
U49
AO DQ1
AO DQ1 A l DQ2
A l DQ2 A2 DQ3
RFDAT2 /
A2 DQ3 A3 DQ4
A3 DQ4 RFDAT4 /
A4 DQ5
A4 DQ5 A5 DQ6
A5 DQ6 A6 DQ7
A6 DQ7 RFDAT? /
A7 DQ8
A7 DQ8 AS.
A8 SQl
SQl SQ2
TR/QE. SQ2 ME/WE SQ3
ME/WE SQ3 SQ4
SQ4 / RFBRAS
PAS SQ5
RAS SQ5 /RFBCAS 2 27
/RFBCAS1 27 CAS SQ6
CAS SQ6 SQl
SQ7 SE SQ8
SE SQ8 SC
SC QSF
QSF DSF
DSF
UPD482234LE-70
UPD4822 34LE-70 GND NEC
NEC MT42C8256
MT42C82 56
U50
8 RFDAT8 /
8 RFDAT8 / AO DQ1
AO DQ1 9 RFDAT9 /
9 RFDAT9 / Al DQ2
A l DQ2 \ RFBA2 10 RFDAT10/
10 RFDAT10 / A2 DQ3
A2 DQ3 \ RFBA3 11 RFDAT11/
11 RFDAT11 / A3 DQ4
A3 DQ4 31 RFDAT12/
31 RFDAT12 / A4 DQ5
A4 DQ5 32 RFDAT13/
32 RFDAT13 / A5 DQ6
A5 DQ6 33 RFDAT14/
3 3 RFDAT14 / A6 DQ7
A6 DQ7 34 RFDAT15/
34 RFDAT 15/" A7 DQ8
A7 DQ8 A8
A8 3 RFBOD8
3 RFBEDS SQl
SQl 4 RFBOD9
4 RFBED9 TR/OE SQ2
TR/OE SQ2 5 RFBOD10
5 RFBED10 ME/WE SQ3
M E / WE SQ3 6 RFBOD11
6 RFBED11 SQ4
SQ4 36 RFBOD12
aaa
36 RFBED12 SQ5
RAS SQ5 /RFBCAS 2 27 37 RFBOD13
/ R F B C A S 1 27 37 RFBED13 CAS SQ6
CAS SQ6 38 RFBOD14
38 RFBED14 SQ7
SQ7 39 RFBOD15
39 RFBED15 SE SQ8
SE SQ8 SC
SC 26 K
26 x
QSF
QSF DSF
DSF
UPD4822 34LE-70
UPD482234LE-70 NEC
NEC
MT42C8256
MT4 2 C 8 2 5 6
asctmsiVE F I L T E R C O N T R O L & B U F F E R
c-jient. Number
F F B U F . S C H
.RL2DAT[0. •11CS,12C3,13B2
7 15] >IOCS
RL2 DAT 0 /
a RL2DAT1 /
9 RL2DAT2 / \ RL2DAT0 3
10 RL2 DAT3 / \ RL2DAT1 4
4
13 RL2DAT4 \ RL2DAT2 7
A
14 RL2DAT5 \ RL2DAT3 8
15 RL2DAT6 RL2DAT4 13
1 6 RL2DAT7 RL2DAT5 14
D8
2 9 RL2 DATS RL2 DAT 6 17
A 8 D9
A9 D10
3 0 RL2DAT9 \ RL2DAT7 I S
31 RL 2 DAT10 s
A10 D l l
A l l D12
32
3 5
RL2DAT11
RL2 DAT12 \
\ CLK6 |
l
11
r
L
A12 D13
3 6 RL2DAT13 \
A13 D14
1
37 RL2DAT14 \ 74F374SC
A14 D15
3S RL2DAT15 *s GND NATIONAL
A15 D16
74F374
CE
I I P 5r7~R L 2 _WR >- - »< R L 2 D A T [ 8 . . 15] > 11C5 12C3.13B2
/ RL2_:3LK
J
•Ki,:-: Y ,: i iz.
U56
UPD431016LE-20 DO DO
NEC
D l Ql
MT5C64K1GA1 RL2DAT10
D2 Q2
D3 Q3
RL2DAT12 13
D4 Q4
RL2DAT13 14
D5 QB
K:.-:::AT14 17
D6 QG
RL2 DAT15
D7 Q7
OC
CLK
74F374SC
GND NATIONAL
74F374
R143
RES
2 2 1
8A6|CLK6
R144
RES
332
HRL2A[0..15] >11D1,12C7
jRFDAT[2.-16 1>10C1,11B7
A
U19 U2 1 U24
1A1 1Y1
18 RL1A0 / \ ATADOl 2
1A1 1Y1
18 RL2A0 / 1A1 1Y1
18 R F D A T 2
y
A
16 RL1A1 / \ ATADD 2 4 16 RL2A1 16 R F D A T 3
1A2 1Y2 1A2 1Y2 1A2 1Y2
1A3 1Y3
14 R L1 A 2 / \ ATATD3 6
1A3 1Y3
14 RL2A2 / 1A3 1Y3
14 R F D A T 4
A
\ ATAPD4
1A4 1Y4
12 R L l A3
A \ ATADD4 8
1A4 1Y4
12 RL2A3
A 1A4 1Y4
12 RFDMTS /
2A1 2Y1
9 RL1A4
A ATATDS 11
2A1 2Y1
9 RL2A4
A 2A1 2Y1
9 R F D A T 6
y
2A2 2Y2
7 RL 1 AS
A • ATATD6 13
2A2 2Y2
7 RL2AS / 2A2 2Y2
7 RFDAT7
A
2A3 2Y3
5 RL1A6 / S ATATD7 IS
2 A3 2Y3
5 RL2A6
A 2A3 2Y3
5 R F D A T 8
A
2A4 2Y4
3 R L l A7 / \ A TA T D 8 17
2A4 2Y4
3 RL2A7 / 2A4 2Y4
3 R F D A T 9 /
/RLl A T E N .
11D5[~7RL1_ATEN~>- 1 G 1G 1G
U2 0 U23
1A1 1Y1
2 n RL2A8 / \ ATADD9 2
1A1 1Y1
RFDAT10 /
AZDI C 4 1 G RL2A9 s V ATADD10 •',
1A2 1Y2 1A2 1Y2
k :-~ \
ATD1 1 6 14 RL2A10 / ATADD11 6 R F D A T I 2 /
1A3 1Y3 1A3 1Y3
v. \
RL1A11 / AT A D D 12 S 12 RL2A11 / ATADD12 8
1A4 1Y4 1A4 1Y4
2A1 2Y1 X - AT AZD13 11 9 RL2A12 / \ ATADD13 11
2A1 2Y1
RFDAT14 /
\ ATADD14 • AT ACLM4 13 7 RL2A13 y AT ADD14 13
2A2 2Y2 2A2 2Y2
2 A3 2Y3
AT A~D15 15 5 RL2A14 / ATADD15 1 5
2A3 2Y3
A
-CIS 17 3 RL2A1S
2A4 2Y4 2A4 2Y4
RFDAT16 A
1 G 1G
13-
11D5 / R L 2 ATE)
/ L I H A T E N / L I H A T E N
11DS
5 C 7 , 6 B 7 , 1 4 D 4 , 1 5 C 2 < A T D A T 1 0 . . 1 5'] ;
•g< R L 1 D [ 0 . j >9C2,10C8
15] >11C5,12C3
18 RL2DATO / 18 LIHDATO
\ ATDAT1 17 RL2DAT1 / 17 LIH DATI /
\ ATDAT2 16 RL2DAT2 / 1 6 L I H DAT 2 /
IS RL2DAT3 A 15 LIHDAT3
y
\ ATDAT4 14 RL2DAT4
y 14 LIHDAT4
A
A
\ A T D A T 5 13 RL2DATS y 13 LIHDAT5
12 RL2DAT6 A 12 LIHDATS
A
1 1 RL2DAT7 •' 11 LIHDAT7 /
/RLl ENL
1 1DS1/RL1 E N L >—
DM74LS245M DM74LS24SM
NATIONAL NATIONAL
74LS24 5 74LS245
RL2DAT9
RL1D10 RL2 D A T 1 0
RL1D11 / 15 RL2 DAT11 /
RL2 D A T 1 2
RI.1D13 y 1 3 RL2DAT13 /
RL2DAT14
RL2 DAT15
/RLl E N H
1 iD5r7RLl_SNH~>—
DM74LS24SM DM74LS245M
NATIONAL 74LS245 NATIONAL
/RL2_ENL 74LS245
1 IDS /RI..2_HM1.-^
/RL2_ENH
1 IDS / RL2~ENiTp
/LIH ENL / L I H _ E H L
1 1D5 / L I H ' ENTT; / L I H._ENH
11D5
/ L I H _ E N H 3
14A4
/ M E M O U T >'
BUFFERS.SCH
December- 13, 1 9 94 | s h e e t
5C7 , 6B7 , 13CB , 15C2<T"ATDAT [ 0 . . 7 ] ^TPAT10..71
ATADDfO..ISi
1 1 D 8 , 1 5 C 2 r A T A D D [ 0 . . 15 1 ]
U18
\ A T A D D 0 12
AO DQO
1 3 ATDAT0 /
\ A T A D D 1 11 DQ1
14 ATDAT1 /
A l
\ A T A D D 2 10
A2 DQ2
15 ATDAT2 /
\ A T A D D 3 9
A3 DQ3
17 ATDAT3 /
\ A T A D D 4 8
A4 DQ4
i 8 ATDAT4 /
\ A T A D D 5 7
AS DQ5
.1.9 ATDAT5 /
\ A T A D D 6 6
A6 DQ6
20 ATDAT6 /
\ A T A D D 7 5
A7 DQ7
21 ATDAT7 >
\ A T A D D 8 27
A8
7 4 F 3 8 S C \ A T A D D 9 26
A9
lOuF N A T I O N A L \ A T A D D 1 0 23
A10
C A P 7 4 F 3 8 A T '-.DDI 1 25
A l l
X A T A D D 1 2 4
A12
\ A T A D D 1 3 28
A13
\ A T A D D 1 4 29
A14
X A T A D D 1 5 3
A15
U A D D 1 6 2
A16
U A D D 1 7 30
A17
U A D D 1 8 1
A18
/ F S S D C E 1 22
^5 J4 ^4 J4 V.
^4 ^3 ^2 r •-: s D R D 24
OR
/FSSDV.'R 31
WE
14A6, 15C5fSA"[ 0 . . 9 ]
U9 5
102 7
102 6 \ ATADD0 12
AO DQO
13 ATDATO /
102 5 \ ATADD1 11
A l DQ1
1 4 ATDAT1 /
102 4 \ ATADD2 10
A2 DQ2
15 ATDAT2 /
CK1/I5 \ ATADD3 9
A3 DQ3
17 ATDAT3 /
\ ATADD4 8
A4 DQ4
18 ATDAT4 /
14
/SFTRES \ ATADD5 7
A5 DQ5
19 ATDAT5 /
•> 6 20 A T D A T ?
Ab DQ6
102 3 \ ATADD7 5
A7 DQ7
21 ATDAT7 •
/ M E M Q U T ATADD8 27
1022 A8
\ ATADD9 2 6
lSDSfRESET >— 102 1 A9
\ ATADD10 23
A10
\ ATADD11 25
A l l
\ ATADD12 4
A12
\ ATADD13 28
A13
\ AT ADD14 29
A14
IODB.PDS \ ATADD15 3
\
MACH210-15 A15
UADD16 2
A16
MACH210 UADD17 30
A17
UADD 18 1
A18
SW SMT-8 /FSSDCE2 22
/BRDRES /FSSDRD 24 ££
•j / B R D R E S > 8 C 6 , 1 1 D 8 OF
7 4 L S 5 2 1 M /DATENH /FSSDWR 3 1
• .-;:iH> 1 5 C 4 WE
N A T I O N A L /DATENL
7 4 F 5 2 1
•/DATENL>15C4
• /DATQuT> 15C4
/ L I H C S ~ > 11P8
,- R L U T 1 C S
/RLUT1CS > 11D8
/RLUT2CS
/ R L U T 2 C " S > 1 1D8
/ MEMSEI~> 11D8
7B5
SCLK >7B5 ^RLUA!0•.31 ^ R L U A [ 0 . .3] > 9B8
\0__J
S E L N > 7B5
U12
/OGWR >SB7,6B7
/ G A I N C S > 6 B 7 \ A T D A T 0 ?
Dl Ql
\ A T D A T 1 ••; F.THTT&Mfi. T>1
/ O F F C S
UADD18
~> 5B7
i8 , 1 3 C 8 , 14B4 \ A T D A T 2 '/
D2
D3
Q2
Q3
\2_A j L I H U A [ 1 6 . . 1 9 )~> 1 0 B 8
UADD17 J8 , 1 3 C 8 , 14B4 \ A T D A T 3 8
D4 Q4 \3_y
UADD16 S8 , 1 3 C 8 , 14B4 \ A T D A T 4 13
DS Q5
12 LIHUA16 /
\ A T D A T 5 14
D6 Q6
\ A T D A T 6 17
D7 Q7
/ F S 5 D C E 2 \ A T D A T 7 18
D8 Q8
P U A L U > 101
/ L E I J 1
> CLK
/ B R D R E S
7 6 5 4 3 2 CLR
DM74LS273M
I I I I I I I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O NATIONAL
5 4 3 2 1 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 74LS273
7 6 5 4 3 2 U13
/RLUT2CS 60 /FSSDCE1
107 1041 Dl Ql / T P E N > 8 C 8
/ R L U T 1 C S
i Ofl I O 4 0 D2 Q2 / B L A N K ~> 8 C 6
109 1039 D3 Q3 L U T S E L > 1 1 D 1
IO10 1038 D4 Q4
B A L E I N
I O l l 1037 D5 Q5 HcT> ;
lSCSfBALE >—
S Y S C L K A
CLK0/10 103 6 D6 Q6 i~i> ;
8A6fSYSCLKA>— CLK1/I1 17 D7 Q7 RSI >
15B5| L A [ 17 . . 2 3 ] >fa& GAM.. O N
12 D8 Q8 GAM__ON_J> 3C3
• MEi:PYSEL
16 CLK
13 /'BRDRES
C L K 3 / 1 5 CLR
1012 C L K 2 / 1 4
1013 103 5 DM74LS273M
1014 103 4 NATIONAL
1015 103 3 74LS273
1016 103 2
1017 1 0 3 1
I I I I I I I I I I I I
O O O O O O O O O O O O
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MDECB.PDS
MACH22 0 - 1 5
MACH2 2 0
SW D I P - 4
11D8,15B6
15B6
15B6
15C5
14C8,15C5
74LS521M
NATIONAL
74F521
/MEMCS16
/ MEMC S 16~> I^'BB
/MEMQUT 74F38SC
{7MEMOtrF> 13A8
NATIONAL
74F38
fl2V -12V
GND -IOCHK
RESET SD7 ATDAT T 0 .15! ATDAT[0..15]>5C7,6B7,13C8,14D4
+ 5V SD6
IRQ9 SD5
-5V SD4 18 ATDAT0 A
DRQ2 SD3 17 ATDAT1 A
-12V SD2 16 ATDAT2 /
-SRDY SD1 IB ATDAT3
+ 12V SDO 14 ATDAT4 A
GND IOCHRDY
Aiq. 13 ATDAT5 A
-SMEMW AEN
~ATT 12 ATDAT6 ^A
SA19 11 ATDAT7 A
-SMEMR
- IOR SA17
-DACK3 SA16 -fSA16 > 14A6 1 4 C 4 | / D A ;• :
A16 SA15
DRQ3 SA15
A17 SA14 DM7 4 L S 2 4 5M
-DACK1 SA14
A18 SA13 NATIONAL
DRQ1 SA13
A19 74LS245
RFRSH SA12
BCLK SA11 A.: •
IRQ7 SA10 A21
IRQ6 SA9 A22 ATDAT15 /
IRQ5 SA8 A23 ATDAT14
IRQ4 SA7 A2 4
IRQ3 SA6
A2 6
-DACK2 SA5
TC SA4
A27 WT-Y-'.LI...-,-
A2 3
BALE SA3
A2 9
+ 5V SA2
yB30 A3 0
OSC SA1
^331 A3 1
-j B A L E > 1 4 B 8 GND SAO 1 4 C 4 f / D A T E N H >—
/DATOUT
CON ATS2C
DM74LS245M
NATIONAL
1 74LS245 A T A D D f0 . - T i l
MfiMJL^iL&l^ S A [ 0 . . 1 6 ] > 1 4 A 6
L A T17 . . 2 3 !
;ATADD[0 • -15] > 11D8, 13D8, 14D4
L A [ 1 7 . . 23 3 > 14E U9
1A1 1Y1
18 ATADD0 /
1A2 1Y2
16 ATADD1 /
14 ATADD2 /
1A3 1Y3
1A4 1Y4
12 ATADD3 /
2A1 2Y1
9 ATADD4 /
{ y S B H E T > 11D8, L4A6 7 ATADD5 /
1 4 A i r ? ~ M E M C S l 6~^>
/MEMCS16 /SBHE p 2A2 2Y2
5 ATADD6 /
-MEMCS16 -SBHE 2A3 2Y3
-IOCS16 LA2 3 3 ATADD7 /
2A4 2Y4
IRQ10 LA2 2
IRQ 11 LA21 1G
I R Q 12 LA2 0
IRQ1 5 LAI 9
IRQ14 LAI 8 1 DM74LS244M
-DACKO LA17 GND NATIONAL
C 9
DRQO -MEMR ~~> 11c 74LS244
C1Q
-DACK5 -MEMW
DRQ5 SD8
CI I
C12
3 ire U10
-DACK6 SD9 1A1
CI3 1Y1
DRQ6 SD10 1A2 1Y2
CI 4 1A3
-DACK7 SD11 1Y3
C15 1A4
DRQ7 SD12 1Y4
CI 6
+ 5V SD13 2A1 2Y1
.D17 C17
-MASTER SD14 2A2 2Y2
*D18 C18 ATADD14
GND SD15 2A3 2Y3
2A4 2Y4
CON AT3 6C
1 G
1 DM74LS244M
GND NATIONAL
74LS244
AT BUS INTERFACE
S i z e Document Number
ATBUS.SCH
Date: January 3, 1995|sheet 15 o f
FB4 U9 6
L M 7 8 0 5CT
-a—
C157
0 . luF
C A P NP
C166
lOuF
CAP E
C1S5
0.luF
CAP NP
C168
lOuF
CAP P
T C169
luF
-a- C170
lOuF
CAP P
CAP NP
FB5 74F04SC
NATIONAL
-a— 74F04
U14C
C156 C167
0 . luF lOuF
CAP NP CAP E 74F04SC
NATIONAL 7 4ACTQ14
74F04
U14D U79D
74F04SC 74F04SC
NATIONAL 74ACTQ14 NATIONAL
74F04 74F04
U14E U7 9E U15E
J i i x i — i — i — i — i — r
= p C75 =p C76
T_
=p C77
C7 8
0 . luF
I±= CAP NP
I
-- 1
C79 =p C80 C81 =±Z C82 == C83 = p C84 = p C85 == C86 Z±Z
CSS
0 - l u F
CAP NP I
C87 —r— C89 —
—
j C90 r
1 CAP
C91
o.iu
0.luF 0.luF 0.luF
| CAP NP ^ CAP NP I CAP NP [ O.luF
CAP NP ^
0.luF
CAP NP j,
O.luF
CAP NP j
O.luF
CAP NP ^
O.luF
CAP NP ^
0.luF
CAP NP |
0.luF
CAP NP ^
O.luF
CAP NP ^
0.luF
CAP NP
0.luF
1 CAP NP I CAP
0 . l u
= L C109
T C106 i — i — i — r I r x C99 X X C97 X X C95 I 1 1
0 . l u F =±I C105 =p C104 C103 r±r
C102 C101
C94 =rr: C93 =J= C92
0.luF
X x XI X X X 0.luF
I
Z±Z
XI XI
C . l u F luF luF luF
j CAP NP I CAP NP 0.luF 0.luF 0.luF CAP NP CAP NP CAP NP CAP NP
j CAP NP I I
CAP NP CAP NP
CAP NP CAP NP |
0.luF 0.luF 0.lu
CAP NP \ CAP NP I CAP
i „ 1 j
T C113 C I
0
14
I
=±= C115
1 C116 =p
1 C117
1 C118
1
= p C119
1
=p C120
1
=p C121
1 = p C122
C123 : C 1 2 4
X 125 T C126 1 C127
1 L- X X w V— X X X j i UX.S , l_ l u F . l u F —p- =ZZ i_ l u F 0.luF uF
Xii
luF luF
I
O.luF
I
O.luF
I
O.luF C0 A P NP C A P U P
|
0.luF
CAP NP I
0.luF
CAP NP ^
G.luF
CAP MP
0.luF
CAP NP [
0.luF
CAP MP [
0.luF
CAP NP [
0.luF
CAP NP ^
O.luF
CAP NP j C C0 A P N P CAP NP AP NP
T °CAP NP
J
CAP NP CAP NP CAP NP [ C.
St!
I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XXXXXTXXX^ X i — x — I
XI
C146 C147 C13 9 C136 C132 C129 C128
C131 C130
C 1 4 0 C137
—
I
/— 1 A C
—I— C 1 4 5
0.luF
CAP NP [
— r~. Il Au cF
.— CAP
k_ X <i NP
-0.luF
CAP NP
D
I
1
i—
1 CAP
- l1u AF -I
l„ X fl NP
0.luF
/
— — r-~ 1
—j— l_ X 'i £
CAP NP \ CAP NP ^
1
0.luF
A1 — f 1 A 1
•— <_ X 1 X
1
0.luF
CAP NP j,
1
1
C A P
0.luF
l ur~F 1 A r\
l_ X t UN P
CAP HP ^
—
1—CAP
l u fF 1 T
1_ X JNP
1
0.luF
CAP NP [
i>
n
1 t_ X JS «
1
0.luF
CAP NP [
—•— L i < i
0.luF
CAP NP J,
._ t_X JS q,
O.luF
CAP NP [
._ U l »
0.luF
CAP NP ^
—.—
luF
Jb
CAPL INP
0.luF
CAP NP ^ C.
1CAP
0
l_" NP
. luF . l u F
CAP NP I 0.luF
CAP NP
—r—
I
0.luF
CAP NP
—p-
I
0 . luF
CAP NP
0.luF
CAP NP
x=F— X
C149 d= C148
X C143 ~= C144
I
0.luF
CAP NP ^
0.luF
CAP NP X 0.luF
CAP NP I
O.luF
CAP NP
J a n u a r y J . 199S;Shegt
SECTION 8.3
UPS2000 SCHEMATICS
D I M E N S I O N S IN I N C H E S
11.000
10.750
7.200 T4
UPSDAU2
LAYER 1
R28 i
U7 US
ui< uu
11 , ,S ,
• L _ l U17
• C D
-\ r
E23
•» r i
• U15 L J l_
Ult UU
J L u* wo
w wo
•
4.500 BtS H21
, • LZ
"1 I I 4.100
R24 uia
R23
U25 U24
.2501 ®
.250H5F Ifli
6.300
+ 5V
+ 5V
Z0~> <
^ V 2 Q [ Q . .9 ] >3C8 ATDAT ro
6D6,7B7, 8C8< A T P A T [0 , . 15]
\_
M V 3 Q [0 • -9 ] > 3C4
ATDAT12
ATDAT13
IOCHRDY._D
7B2| I O C H R P Y P^>-
EMOUTMUX
EHSMPREG
ENSCROLL
ENPAULSB
V1DKN3 43
V I D E N 3 4 3 ~ > 4C7, 6C2
DISPVID343
DISPVID343 >4D7,7C7,8A8
/H5YNC343 >4C7,7C7
LHRTXFR
ENPANLSB
ENSCROLL
ENSNPREG
ENOUTMUX
SBirVAO [0 - -9 ]
VIDEM170
DISPVID170 V I D E N 1 7 F > 4P7 ,7B7 , 8A8
DISPVTD170 >4C7,7A7,8A8
/HSYNC17 0
FIELD170 / H S Y N C 1 7 0 > 4D7
F I E L D 1 7 0 > 4D7,7A7, 8B8
VIDEN Z
VIDEN_2T> 7B7 , 8A8
DISPVID_Z
PIS P V I D _ Z > 7A7 , 8A8
/CSYNC_170_Z
/CSYNC. 170 Z > 7A7
/BRDRES
/BRDRES > 4P7, 6C5,7C7,8B8
/CLK170D2
•j/CLK170D2 > 7A7 , 8A8
V R r 9 1
S B l j V B O [0 . . 9 ]~ " °-
CLK170D1
HCLK17 0 D 1 > 3 C 8 , 4C7
/ C L K 1 7 GDI
^/CLK17D10 >3C8,4C7
R2 6
221
CLK170D1 /CLK170D1 CLK170D2 /CLK170D2
R27 R29
332 332
9D2|V3 I [ 0 . . 9 ]
BUF1_VDAT0 / 16 B U F 2 VPATO /
DO QO
BUF1_VDAT1 BUF2 VPAT1 /
Dl Ql BUF2_VPAT2 /
BUF1_VDAT2
D2 Q2 BUF2_VDAT3 /
BUF1 VPAT3
D3 Q3
BUF1_.VDAT4 5UF2 VDAT4 /
D4 Q4
BUF1..VDAT5 BUF2_VDAT5
P5 Q5
BUF1VDAT6 BUF2_VDAT6
D6 Q6
BUF1_VDAT7 3UF2_VDAT7
BUF1 VDAT8
D7
Q~ BUF2 VDAT8 /
QB
D8
/FFRE B l /FFRE_B2
tzaaj
4D3|'/FFRE_B1 >— REN1 ] •\ / I F F S F _ B 1 > 4 C 7 4B3|/FFRE_B2 > REN1 EF \ /IFFEF_D2 > 4B7
tIFFEF_B2
REN2 1 REN2 FF
/CLK17QD1 / I F F A E F J l /CLK170P1 'IFFAEF_B2
2A7r/CLK17 O P Q - RCLK P, H/IFFAEF_B1 > 4C7 RCLK PAE \/IFFAEF B2 > 4 A 7
P. PAF
iX
4 D 3 [ " 7 F F W E _ B 1 >— WEN1 4B3j7F"FWE_B2 > ~ WEN1
WEN2/LD WEN2/LD
CLK170D1 CLK170D1
2 A 7 r C L " K 1 7 0 D l >— WCLK WCLK
/FFR5 B l /FFRS..B2
4D3r7F*FRS_Bl >- 433| / F F R S _ B 2 > — RS
OE
IDT72221L12J IDT72221L12J
\V2Q9 BUF1_VDAT9
DO QO
1 6 3 U F 2 . . V D A T 9 /*
Dl Ql DO QO
D2 Q2 Dl Ql
D3 Q3 D2 Q2
D4 Q4 D3 Q3
D5 Q5 D4 Q4
D6 Q6 D5 Q5
D7 Q7 D6 Q6
DS Q8 D7 Q7
D8 ' Q8
/ F F R E B l
REN1 EF
/FFRE_B2
REN2 FF REN1 EF
/CLK170D1
RCLK PAE REN 2 FF
/CLK170D1
PAF RCLK PAE
/ FFWE_. B l
WEN1 PAF
WEN2 / L D WEN1
CLK170D1
WCLK WEN2/LD
CLK170D1
WCLK
RS
/FFRS_B2
OE RS
OE
IDT72221L12J
IDT72221L12J
VIDEO INPUT
Tient Number
VIN.SCH
1995[Sheet
V I D E N L 7 0
2B7,7B7,8A8 VIDEN17"F>-
2B7,6C5,7C7,BBS /BRDRKS>-
D I S P V I D 3 4 3
2C7,7C7,8A8 DTSPV.I.D343 >-
2B7 /HSYNC170 >-—
FIELD170
2 B 7 , 7 A 7 , SB: F I B L D 1 7 0 >-
/RAS_BUF1
/ RAS B U F 1 > 5D7
/FFVJE B l
7FFWE_B1 > 3C8
/TROE BUF1
/ T R O E Z B U F I > 5D7
/ICAD_BUF1
/FFRS_B1
/ICAD_BUF1
i _ > •E5 D 7
r>:
/FFRS_B
/FFRE . B l
/FFRE_B
R19
/CAS1 BF1 /CAS1.BUF1
•
j / C A S 1 _ 3 U F 1 > 5D!i
R2 0 2 6.1
/CAS0_BF1 /CAS0_BUF1
•j/CASO BUF1 > 5D7
{7SNPFFWE> 8D8
B U F 1 A D D f 0 . .81
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4BUF1ADD[0..8] >5D8
/ / / / / / / / 5 / / / / / / / /
o o o o o o o o O O O O O O O O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 6 6 6 S 5 5 5
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6
1/08
/CAS1 BF1 BUF1ADD4
1/09 1/055
BUF1ADD5 R2 3
I/O10 1/054
/IFFEF_B1 BUF1ADD7 SC0_BUF1
3 C 5 r / I F F E F Bl~>— I / O l l 1/053 •jSC0_BUFl~> 5C7
1/012 1/052 — 1
26.1
69 /ENO0 BUF1
1/013 1/051
DISPVID17Q 68 /ENOl BUF1
2B7,7A7,8A8 DISPVID170 ^ 1/014 I/O50 / E M Q 1 _ B U F
VIDEN343 67
2 C 7 V I D E N 3 4 3 >— 1/015 1/049 v
/CLK170D1 66 R
BUF1ADD3 /
2A7 /CLK17 0D1*>- CLK0/I0 I/048
65 x
CLK3/14
CLK17QD1
2 A 7 I C L K 1 7 Q D 1 >— CLK1/I1
62 CLK343
2D61MX2SC1 >-— 1/016 CLK2/I3
/ICAD_BUF1
I/017 1/047
1/018 1/046
2D6fMX2SCQ >— 1/019 1/045
/FFWE_Bl
I/O20 1/044
1/021 1/043
/RAS_BUF1 B U F 1 A D D 1
1/022 1/042
BUF1ADD0
1/023 1/041
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I/O40
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
MACH435-15JC 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
UPSVRAM
HSC1_BUF1~> 5C5
/IFFAEF..B1
2 A 7 f c X K 3 43 >-
V I D E N 1 7 0
DISPVID343
FIELD17Q
/RAS_BUF2
/RAS. B U F 2 > 5 B 7
/FFWE..B2
/FFWE_B2 > 3C4
/TROE...BUF2
/TROE~BUF2 > 5 B 7
/ICAD_BUF2
/ I C A D Z B U F 2 > 5 B 7
/FFRS_B2
/FFRS~B2 > 3C4
/FFRE B2
/ F F R E B 2 > 3 C 4
H/CAS1_BUF2 > 5 B 5
R2 1
-Wi—
/CASO BF2 /CAS0_BUF2
\ /CAS0_BUF2 > 5B7
RTTFS&nnrn. RH
HB U F 2 A D D [ 0 . .8T~> 5B8
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
/ / / / / / / / 5 / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6
I/OS
/CAS1 BF2 73 BUF2ADD4 /
1/09 I/OS5
72 BUF2ADD5 / R2 4
I/O10 1/054
/IFFEF B2 71 BUF2ADD7 / AAA SCO BUF2 r
3 C 2 r 7 l F F E F . . . B 2 ~>— I / O l l 1/053 SCO BUF2~> 5B7
ill
1 / 0 1 2 1/052 7 0 SCL0 BUF2
1 / 0 1 3 1/051 69 /ENO0 BUF2 i
DISPVID170
1 / 0 1 4 I/O50 68 /ENOl BUF2 26.1 f
VIDEN343
1 / 0 1 5 1/049 67 v
/CLK170D1
C L K O / I O I/048 66 * BUF2ADD3 /
65
CLK3/I4
CLK1/I1
2 C7| 1-1X3 S C 1 "> 1/016 CLK2/I3
/ICAD_BUF2
1/017 1/047
/TROE_BUF2
1/018 1/046
2C7fMX3SC0 >- 1/019 1/045
/FFWE_B2
I/O20 1/044
1/021 1/043
/RAS BUF2 BUF2ADD1
1/022 1/042
BUF2ADD0
1/023 1/041
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I/O40
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
MACH435-15JC 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
UPSVRAM 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
/HSYNC343
A T f q 1
3 C 2 | B U F 1 _ V P A T [ Q . .9] ^ fflffl Y R "
4D3| B U F 1 A D D [ 0 . . 8 ] > B U F ] A D D [0
- - a
1
U P D 4 82 234 L E - 7 0 UPD482234LE-70
U6
. BUF1ADDO BUF1 VDAT'3 \ B U F 1 AOL' 8 BUF1....VDAT8 /
.BUF1ACPI AO DQ1 AO DQ1
Al DQ2 .BUF1ADD1 BUF1_VDAT9 /
, BUF1ADD2 HiiFi Ann? Al DQ2
DQ3
,&>jy \ A DP 3
A3 DQ4 BUF1 VDAT 9 f . BUF1ADD3
A2 DQ3
A3 DQ4
A4 XBUF1ADD4
\BUF1ADD5 A4 DQ5
AS DQ6 , BUF1ADDS
. BUF1ADD6 AS DQ6
A6 DQ7 , BUF1ADD6
.BUF1APP7 A6 DQ7
A 7 DQ8 . BUF1ADD7
^BUFIAPPS A7 DQ8
AS \BUF1ADDS
BUFl_OSD8 AS
SQl BUF1_ESD8
/TROE_.BUFI BUFl_OSP9 SQl
TR/QE SQ2 /TROE..BUF1 BUF1_ESD9
/ I CAP
TR/QE SQ2
ME/WE SQ3 /ICAD_BUF1
BUF1 ME/WE SQ3
SQ4 SQ4
/ RAS BUFl
r r l RAS SQ5 /RAS BUF1
RAS SQ5
/CASO_BUFl CAS SQ6 /CASI_HU:---!
CAS SQ6
SQ7 SQ7
SE SQ8 SE SQ8
SCO BUF1 SC1 BUF1
SC SC
QSF QSF
PSF DSF
UPD482234LE-70 UPD482234LE-70
BUF2 QSP.O..91
| B U F 2 _ O S D [ 0 . .9 ] > 6 B 8
3C2|~BUF2 VPATj0..9]
BBSS
RUF-?APnm
v n a T rn q1
BVFg BSP f WI I ?1 TBUF2. E S D I O . - 9] > 6B8
4B3rBUF2APP {0 .. 8 ) > R 1
BUF2APP0
AO DQ1
8 BUF2 VDATO / S. B U F 2 A D D O
AO PQ1
8 BUF 2 VDATO /
\BUF2APP1 9 BUF2 VDAT1 / \HUF2ADU]
A l DQ2 A l PQ2
9 BUF2 VDAT1 /
\BUF2APP2 10 BUF2 VDAT2
A2 DQ3 \BUF2APP2
A2 DQ3
10 BUF2 VDAT2 /
.BUF2ADD3
A
11 BUF2 VDAT3 \BUF2ADD3 11 BUF2 VDAT 3
A3 DQ4 A3 DQ4
. BUF2ADD4
A4 DQ5
31 BUF2 VDAT-1 / BUF2ADD4 31 BUF2 VDAT 4 /
.BUF2ADD5 32 BUF2 VPATIj A4 DQ5
AS DQ6 . BUF2ADDS 32 BUF2 VDAT 5 /
A5' DQ6
. BUF2ADDG
A6 DQ7
33 BUF2 VDAT 6 / BUF2ADD6
A6
33 BUF2 VDAT 6 /
. BUF2ADP7 34 BUF2 V PA T 7 DQ7
A7 DQ8 . BUF2ADD7
A7 DQ8
34 BUF2 VDAT 7 /
\ B U F 2 A: _ BUF2ADD8
AS A8
SQl
3 BUF2 OSDO / 3 BUF 2 ESDO /
/TROE BUF2 SQl
1 /TROE BUF2 " TR/OE SQ2
4 BUF2 o s PI / /TROE BUF 2 4 BUF2 ESDI /
/ICAD_BUF2 TR/QE SQ2
I/ICAD BUF2 ' ME/WE SQ3
5 BUF2 OSD2 / /ICAD BUF2 5 BUF 2 ESD2 /
6 ME/WE SQ3
SQ4
BUF2 OSD3 / 6 BUF2 ESD3 /
/RAS_BUF2 SQ4
1 / R A S 3 U F 2 >- RAS SQ5
36 BUF2 OSD4 / /RAS BUF2 36 BUF 2 ESD4 /
/CASO BUF2 27 RAS SQ5
I/ CASO BUF2 v
CAS SQ6
37 BUF2 OSP5 / 37 BUF2 ESD5 /
4B3r7c"ASl_BUF"2~^
SQl
38 BUF2 OSD6 / /CASI Ti-jr.-. CAS SQ6
38 BUF 2 ESD6 /
BUF 2 OSD7 SQl
SE SQ8
39 / 39 BUF 2 ESD7
S C 0 B U F 2 SE SQ8
4 B 3 r s c " 0 _ B U F 2 \>- SC 4A3|SC1_BUF2 > SCI BUF2
26 SC
QSF x 26 x
QSF
DSF DSF
U P P 4 822 34 L E - 7 0 UPD482234LE-70
±~3
\BUF2ADDO B UF 2 _VDAT \BUF2ADP0 BUF2_VDAT8
AO DQ1 AO DQ1
\BUF2ADD1 BUF2. VDAT s, B U F 2 A D D 1 BUF2^VPAT9 /
A l DQ2 A l DQ2
.BUF2ADD2 \ B U F 2ADD2
A2 DQ3 A2 DQ3
. BUF2ADD3 \BUF2ADD3
A3 DQ4 A3 DQ4
BUF2ADD4 .BUF2ADD4
A4 PQ5 A4 DQ5
\BUF2ADD5 \BUF2ADDS
A5 DQ6 AS DQ6
\BUF2ADDS . BUF2ADD6
A6 DQ7 A6 DQ7
BUF2ADP7 \BUF2ADD7
. BUF2AP1J3 A7 DQ8 A7 DQ8
A3 \BUF2ADDS
3 BUF2 QSD8 AS
SQl BUF2 ESPS
/TROE _BUF2 BUF2_OSD9 SQl
/ICAP BUF2 TP/og SQ2 /TROE, B U F 2
jER/OE SQ2
BUF2_ESD9
M E / WE SQ3 1 CAD _BUF2
M E /WE SQ3
SQ4 SQ4
RAS SQ5 /RAS BUF2
/CAS0_BUF2 RAS SQS
CAS /CASI BUF 2
CAS SQ6
SQ7 SQ7
SE SQ8 SE SQ8
SCO_BUF2 SCI BUF 2
SC SC
QSF QSF
DSF DSF
UPP482234LE-70 UPD482234LE-70
VIDEO BUFFER
t Number
VIDBUF.SCH
January 10, 1995|sheet
2P4 , 6D6 , 7 B 7 , 8 C 8 < T A T D A T [4 . .5 ] > M ^ i C D A
X l A M ^ L
A T P A T T 0 . .21
2 P 4 , 6 D 6 , 7 B 7 , 8 C 8 < A T P A T [ 0 . ."2~f"
\ I\ ATDAT 5
\ ATDAT4
i\_
U
5 D l | B u F l _ O S D [ 0 . .9 ) > I s F 1
[ 0 ,.,,9,1 \_
\_
BUF1..O5D0
BUF1...QSD1
BUF1 OSD2 • /VB3XMT> 2D4
BUFl_OSP3 / V B 3 R C V > 2D4
BUF1 OS:;4 2 B 7 , 4 D 7 , 7 C 7 , 8B8| / B R D R E S >- • /SNPXMT> 7C2
BUF1 OSD5
BUFl_OSD6 , - R2nrn Qi
BUFl_OSD7
BUFl_OSD8
BUF1 OSD9
/ENOO_BUF1
4C3I / E N O 0 _ B U F " l ~ > - X c
2A7|CLK3 43 > — — —
4
IPT74FCT821ASO
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
/ / / / / / / / 5 / // // // /
OOOO O O OO OOOOOOOO
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
\ BUF1 ESDO 2
I/OS
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6
X BUF1 ESDI 3
X BUF1 ESD2 4 1/09 1/055
BUF1 ESP3 5 I/O10 1/054
X
BUF1 ESP4 6 I / O l l 1/053
X
BUF1 ESPS 7 1/012 I/OS2
X
X BUF1 EED6 8 1/013 1/051
f\ BUF1 ESP7 9 1/014 I/O50 —< L U S L I O I 2C2
BUF1 ESD8 10 1/015 1/049
X 2 C 21 L U S I , 2 Q ~ > - ENOUTMUX
CLK0/I0 1/048 —< EN<:••" ] 2C2
N BUF1 ESD9 11
CLK3/I4
PISPVIP343
-< P I gP V I P 3 4 3
/ENOl BUF1 • -••<.BUF I O W
4C3I/ENQ1 BUF"l~>— C CLK1/I1
CLK34 3 13
1/016 CLK2/13 YlWnfflu?! |vSNPO l 0 ..9] >8D8
1/017 1/047
1/018 1/046
IPT7 4FCT8 21ASO 1/019 I/045
I/O20 1/044
1/021 1/043
5 B 1 | B U F 2 _ O S D [ 0 . .9] J B H B 22012—21 1/022 1/042
1/023 1/041
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I/O40
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
BUF2 OSPO 23 B2D0 / OOOOOOOO O O O O O O O O
BUF2 OSD1 22 B2P1 / 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
BUF2_.Q:.-.i .-J: 21 B2P2 / MACH435-15JC
BUF2_OSU3 20 B2D3 /
BUF2_OSP4 19 B2D4 / VMUX2
BUF2 OSD5 /
[
18 B2D .i
BUF2 OSD6 17 B2P6 / V R n r 0
- q 1
HVBO[0. .9] > 2B4
\ BUF2_OSD7 16 B2D7 /
\ BUF2_OSP8 15 B2P8 /
BUF2_OSP9 14 B2P9 /
/ENO0_BUF2
4B3r7ENO0_BUF'2~~>-
IPT74FCT821ASO
IPT74FCT821ASO
-SMPQRAD;
R 1 7
/SNPCAS Q
\/SNPCAS0 > 9D8
/SNPCS1 / SNPCAS 1 1 /SNPCAST7> 9B8
/SNPFFRE
/SNPFFRE > 8 D 8
S E T I C A D >'8A8
/SNPRAS Q
/SNPRAS0>9D8
/SNPRAS1
/ S N P R A S X > 9B8
/SNPWEl"759B8
SNPIRAD
SNPIRAD> BBS
SNPICAD
0 9 S 7 6 5 4 3
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
/ / / / / / / / 5 / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
/SNPFFRE 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6
I/OS
/SNPCS1
1/09 1/055 /SNPWEO> 9D8
/SNPCSO /SNP EOUTO
I/O10 1/054 /SNP_BQUTQ >9C4
SNPOCAD
I / O l l 1/053 S N P O C A D > 8B8
SNPORAD /SNPXMT
1/012 1/052 < /SNPXMTl 6C2
RSTICAD LSNPDAT
1/013 1/051 |LSNPDAT > 8A2
1/014 I/O50
/TR_OEl
1/015 1/049
ENSNPREG
2C2] ENSNPREG~">— C1K0/I0 1/048 {TCAST^T^ 8B8
CLK170D2
CLK3/I4
CLK1/I1
/CLK170D2
1/016 CLK2/I3
J
FIELD17 0
2C7,4C7H I/017 1/047
2C7,4D7,8A8I I/OIS 1/046
8C6 I/019 1/045 HATCNTl > 8A5
2C2 1 DISPVID170
I ' 02 0 I / 04 4
DISPVID Z
1/021 1/043
ACTFREEZ ENORAD,ZM
1/022 I /042 H ENORAD_ZM > 8A8
LORADD8 VI DEN17 0
1/023 1/041
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I/O40
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
/SNPFFAEF
8CbT7s"NPFFAEF^>- -lENIRAIJ > 8A8
R16
SNPSCL1
SNPSCLO
-Wi— HSNPSC3- > 9B8
2C2 LWRTXFRT;
2B7,8A8 V I D E N _ Z ;
VIDEN17 0
,4D7,8A8 V I D E N T 7 O > -
DISPVID_.Z
2B7,8A8 D I S P V I D Z >-
DISPVID170
,4C7,8A8 D I S P V I D 1 7 0 y-
2B7
FIELD170
,4D7,8B8 FIELD170~>-
2B7 /CLK170D2
/CLK170D2" y-
C L K 1 7 0 D 2
2A7 CLK170D2 >—
2B2,4C7
SNPCTRL.SCH
T i t l e
SNAP BUFFER CONTROL
S i z e Document Number REV
c
Date : Hay 5, 1995|sheet 7 o f 10
; YliNF fftI iV T H A T r 0 .91
S W P
n
6 C l l V S N P O [ 0 . .9]
&S&f:°••T^y< S N P I D A T E [0 , .9 j > 9D8
SNP_IDAT0 /
03 18
S N P I D A T 1
S N P IDAT2 / SNP IDATO 2 23 SNPIDATEO
Q2 DO YO
SNP_IDAT3 ^ SNP IDAT1 3 22 SNPIDA.TE1 ,
Q3 Dl Y l
SNP_IDAT4 / SNP IDAT2 4 21 SNPIDATE2 ,
Q4 D2 Y2
21 SNP_IDAT5 / v SNP IDAT3 5 20 SNPIDATE3 ,
Q5 D3 Y3
SNP_IDAT6 / SNP IDAT4 6 1 9 SNPIDATE4
Q6
v
D4 Y4
SNP .IDAT7 / SNP IDAT5 7 18 SNPIDATE5 ,
Q7
v
DS Y5
SNP_IDAT8 ^ SNP IDATS 8 17 SNPIDATE6
Q8 D6 Y6
^ SNP IDAT7 9 16 SNPIDATE7
D7 Y7
/SNPFFRE „ SNP IDATS 10 15 SNPIDATES
7 D2| / S N P F F R E >— REN1 : D8 Y8
^ SNP IDAT9 11 D9 Y9 14 SNPIDATE9
REN2 ]
/CLK17QD2
RCLK P.
ACTFREEZ 1 _
P, OEl
/ SNPFFWE
4D3r7SNPFFWE >- WEN1 i 1 3
C OE2
WEN2/LD
2A7rcLK3 43 >- WCLK
ACTFREEZ
IDT72221L12J
IDT72221L12J
A T D A T rO . 15 1
2D4, 6 D 6 , 7 B 7 < ~ A T D A T [ 0 . .15] ]
2 B 7 , 4 D 7 , 6 C 5 , 7 C 7 / BRDRES~>—
A C T F R E E Z
7 D 2 A C T F R E E Z >—
RSTICAD
7D2 R S T I C A D ;
7C2
ENOCAD ZM
7 C 2 E N Q C A D _ Z M >—
2B7
CLK170D2
/ S N P F F R S
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7 6 5 4 3 2
/ / / / / / / / 5 / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 O O O O O O O O O O O O
SNPOCAD 5 4 3 2 1 0 4 4 4 4 4 4
1/08
SNPICAD 7 6 5 4 3 2
1/09 1/055
ICAD 511 SNPIDATQ3 /
I / O 1 0 1/054 107 1041
SNPORAD A T D A T 8
7D2 SNPORAD, I / O l l I/OS2 H/SNPSE > 9 C 8 108 IO40
S N P I R A D \ A T D A T 9 SNPIDAT_1
7C2 S N P I R A D : 1/012 1/052 109 103 9
LOCADDS
7B2 1/013 1/051 IO10 103 8
FIELD170 SNPIDATOO jr
,4D7,7A7 FIELD170. 1/014 I/05C I O l l 1037
ACTZ1024
2C4,7D2 ACTZ1024 1/015 I/04S 7C2 CLK0/I0 1036
ENSCROLL LRDTXFR
2C2 ENSCROLL. CLK0/I0 I/04E 2C2,7B7 L R D T X F F O CLK1/I1 17
CLK17 0 D 2
CLK3/I< 7C2 12
7C2
/CLK170D2 23 S N P C N T O
2B77CLK170D2 >- CLK1/I1 16 .SNPCNTO 7C2
ACTRSTAD
7D2 A C T R S T A D >-— 1/016 CLK2/13 13 CLK3/15 2C2,7B7
S E T I C A D SNP_VIDADDO
7D2|SETICAD>- 1/017 1/047 1012 CLK2/I4 7C2
I/OIS 1/046 1013 1035
ENORAD_ZM" 27 A T D A T 1 4
7B2 1/019 1/045 1014 1034
SNPIDATE9
7B2 I/O20 1/044 1015 1033
VIDEN Z SNPIDATE8
2B7,7B7 1/021 1/043 1016 103 2
DISPVID_Z SNP_VIDADD7 SNP IDATE7
2B7,7A7 D I S P V I D _ Z >— 1/022 1/042 1017 103 1
VIDEN170 SNP_VIDADD3 I I I I I I I I I I I I
2B7,4D7,7B7 V I D E N 1 7 0 >-— 1/023 1/041
I/O40 SMP_VIDADD2 O O O O O O O OOOOO
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
8 9 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O MACH220-15JC
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MACH435-15JC
SNAP DATA
SNP_VIDApD5
SNP_VIDADD6
SNPIDATE6
SNP IDATE5
S N PIDATE4
SNPIDATE 3
DISPVID170 SNP_VIDADD8 SNPIDATE2
2B7,4C7,7A7 DISPVID17 0
DISPVID343 SNP_VIDADD1 SNPIDATE1
2C7,4D7,7C7 DISPVID343
SNP_VIDADD4 SNPIDATEO
7B2 LORADDS >
SNP v i D A n n r o .
| S M P _ V I D A D D t 6 ." 1 1 > 9 D 8
T i t l e
SNAP ADDRESSING £ DATA
S i z e Docun e n t Number REV
C SNPADD.SCH
Date Mav 5, 19 9 5 | s h e e t S o f 10
8 D 2 < S N P I D A T E [ 0 . .9 Q S N P T D A T F [ 0 . .9 1
8A5|SNP VIDADD[0. . 8 ~
U24
SNP VIDADDO
AO Dca
SNP_VIDADD1 9 S K P I D A
A l DQ2
SNP_VIDADD2 10 SKPIDA
A2 DQ3
SNP..VIDADD3 1 1 S?:= I D A
A3 DQ4
SNP_VIDADD4 31 SX?ILTAT-4 /
A4 DQ5
SNP_VIDADD5
A5 DQ6
SNP_VIDADD6
A6 DQ7
SNP VIDADD7 34 5 ^ ~ I D A
A7 DQ8
SNP_VIDADD8
A8
3 S?r? ESDQ SNP ESDO 23 V3 10 /
SQl
7D2r7TR_.OE0 TR/OE SQ2
SNP ESDI 22 V3 11 /
/SNPWEO SNP_ESD2 21 V3 12 /
7C2| /SNPWEO
SNP ESD3 20 V3I3 /
/SNPRAS0 SQ4
/SNPRAS0 SNP ESD4 1 9 V3I4 /
RAS. SQ5
/SNPCASO /SNPCASO SNP ESD5 18 V3I5 /
S0J>— CAS SQ6
SQ7
SNP_ESD6 17 V3I6 /
8B5[7SNPSE" S N P .SSD7 16 V3I7 /
SE SQ8
7B2[SNPSC0 >— SC
SNP. E S D 8 15 V3 18 /
QSF
SNP ESD9 14 V3 19 /
DSF
/SHP_.EOUT0
7C2f7~SNP E O U T O >-
CLK170D2
2 A 7 | C D K 1 7 0 D 2 >=—
UPD482234LE-70
IDT74FCT8 21ASO
U2 5
SNP. VIDADD0
AO DQ1
SNP VIDADD1 9 S;.—I D A T E ? /
A l DQ2
SNP VIDADD2
A2 DQ3
SNP VIDADD3
A3 DQ4
SNP VIDADD4
A4 DQ5
SNP VIDADD5
A5 DQ6
SNP VIDADD6
A6 DQ7
SNP VIDADD7
A7 DQS
SNP VIDADD8
AS
SQl
TR/pE SQ2
ME/WE SQ3
SQ4
/SNPRAS0
RAS SQ5
/SNPCASO
CAS SQ6
SQ7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SE SQ8
SC
QSF
DSF
UPD482234LE-70
8C2<TSNPIDATQ[0 . .9]
_S£?
SNP_VIDADDO
DQ1
8 s; P I C A "-QO
A
A
SNP VIDADD1 9 s: PIDA" C 1
DQ2
SNP.VIDADD2 10 s» = IDA" /
DQ3
A
SNP.. V I D A D D 3 1 1 s^ 5 I C A " C .'•
DQ4
7 A
SNP_VIDADD4 3 1 s>
DQ5
S N P.. V I D A D D 5 32 s; 7 IIDDAA""-. ;. /
DQ6
A
SNP VIDADD6 33 s> ~P I D A
DQ7
SNP VIDADD7
DQS
34 s> ? I ZA ;
SNP_VIDADD8
/TR_OEl
7D2r7~TR O E l V
7C2r7~SNPWEl /SNPWB1
/SNPRAS1 /SNPRAS1
7 D2[~7"SN P R A S 1
/SNPCAS1 /SNPCAS1
7D2r7sNPCAS "
7B2fSN"PSCl >-
U P D 4 S 2 23 4 L E - 7 0
IDT7 4FCT821ASO
U27
SNP..VIDADDQ
AO DQ1
SNP_VIDADD1
A l DQ2 s;;?rcATQ5
SNP_VIDADD2
A2 DQ3
SNP VIDADD3
A3 DQ4
SNP VIDADD4
A4 DQ5
SNP_VIDADD5
A5 DQ6
SNP VIDADD6
A6 DQ7
SNP_VIDADD7
A7 DQS
SNP VIDADD8
A3
SQl
TR/OE SQ2
ME/WE SQ3
SQ4
/SNPRAS1
RAS SQ5
CAS SQ6
SQ7
SE SQ8
SC
QSF
DSF
UPD482234LE-70
SNAP BUFFER
t-eric Number
SNPBUF2.SCH
ar.ua r y 19, 1995jsheet:
VCC + sv
1 1 1 1 1 1[
I 1
~T~
o. o.
== C5 — i — C 1
- J
-I- - i - t-L*
uF 0 . l u F J 0.luF 0 . luF 0.luF J 0.luF [~~ 0.luF ~~j~~ O.luF 0 . luF 1 0.luF
r o.IUF
0 . l u F 0 . luF 0 . l u F
IUF V IUF T • "
i :
T ' r 0.luF ~~r~
1¬ =L= 1 =L +- L 1¬ =L =~ CIS
T °- T" •
=j= C34 C30 OCT C27 C26 ~T~~ C2 2 r ~ c20 c i 9
uF 0.luF 0 . l u F + ¬0 . l u F 0 . luF 0 . l u F Z±Z C29
0 . l u F
+ - 0 - l u F I 0.luF 0 , luF 0 . luF 0 . l u F + •» 0 . luF
0 . luF
0 - luF
O.luF
; rjr zrjr c3 8 1 =L 1¬ =L 1 ==
j 1„ 1 =~ C50 Z~ZZ C 5 1 =~ CS2 i C53
T ••
C37 C4 0 C42 C4 6 C48
0 . l u F 0 . luF 0 . luF 0 . luF 0 . luF
LuF 0.luF 0 . luF =p C3 9 0 . luF 0 . luF Z—Z C4 4 Z±Z C4 5 O.luF 0 . luF =p C4 9 O.luF
0 . luF " 0 .l u F 0.luF 0 . l u F
— —2—i—i—i—i—r
ceo
T
rrr:c 6 i =±z c 6 2 rr= c59 rr= e s s irtr. c57 r r zc56 =z=
t — i — i — r
— _ C73 — C 6 4 C65 —•- C 6 6 —-— C 6 7 _ _ v^oo _,_
I C69
1
—.— C 7 0
_,— ^ / ^ —,— w.*
0.IuF 0.luF 0.luF 0.luF 0.luF 0.luF 0.luF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0 -l u F 0. I u F 0.IuF 0 . IuF 0 . l u
4.500
4.100 4.250
y> 3
T > 3
I Q C 2 < T D A T D A T [~0
4 D 3 < T v 2 O - [ 0 . . 9 1 |- • f0
I 4J i
4D3<~V3O[0 . . 9 ] ~
v 3 0 f o
- 9 1
VIDEN3 43
V T D E N 3 43~>—
DISPVID343
/HSYNC34 3
/ H S Y M C 3 4 3 > -
4 C 7 , 9B1|
IHM X3
3 SC~
O y—
4C7 , 9B1|
|MMX
X33S
5CCI
" y—
ACTZ1024
j A C T 2 1 0 24~> 3D4 , SB
IOCHRDY_D
jIOCHRDY,D y 9AS
VIDEH170
VftQ f o . .91
AVBO[0..91 > VXDENl/Toy—
D I S P V I P 1 7 0 y~
DISPVID170
/HSYNC170
/ H S Y N C 1 7 0 y—
FIELD170
FIELD170 >-
A 3C1 V I DEN Z > -
VIDEN_2
DISPVID..Z
3D1 D I S P V I D _ Z >
/CSYNC_17Q..Z
3C1 /CSYNC 170 Z >—
/BRDRES
4C7,5DS,9D1
/CLK170D2
3Al|7cLK170D2 >-
_A
A~
CLK170D1
3D5|CLK17 0 D l " ^
/CLKI70D1
3D5|7cLK17 0 D l ^ > -
CLK3 4 3 D
3D5jCLK343D>
CLK170D2
3D5|CLK17 0D2~>—
E :
GND
MCONNECT.SCH
L_gL 0 .OluFj^
U3 0 GND
VCC OA1
3 CLK343D
CLK343 5C-4 . 7 S 5
OA2 C L K 3 4 3 ± " > 2A-I
_ru~Lri_n_ DUT CLK40.23MHz
OA3
4
e
CLK343B
CLK343A
OA4
END OA5
7
19
CLK343C
/CLK170
CLK3 4 3 C > €C =
OBI
18 /CLK170D1
OB 2
osc 17 /CLK170D2 i j g 17 0_Z
OB3 /CBLANK 170 Z > 7B5
40 . 23MHz 15
OB4 v
DISPVID. Z > 2 B 4
OSC 14 *
OB 5 D I S P V I D 170 Z > 5 B 8
V I D E N _ 1 7 0_Z > 5 A 4
13 x
DISPVID170 > 2B4
MON
VIDEN17 0 > 2B4
IDT4 9FCT8 0 5ASO
OA1 I 1 I I I I I I I
OA2 / / / / / / / / /
OOOOO o o o o
OA3
4 3 2 3 0 3 3 2 2
OA4 10 9 8
OAS - | C L K 1 7 0"~> 4 B 7 , 5 B 4 , 7 B 5 1/05 1/027
OBI 1/06 1/026
CLK170D1
OB2 1/07 1/025
CLK17QD2 ACTZ1024
OB3 /U U Z
fCl7K170D2 > ; 2CI|ACTZ1024 >— 1/024
/C S Y N C 1 7 0
OB4 II CLK1/I5
OB5 -jCLK170A> 7A5
2 B 4 , 4 C 7 , 5 D 8 , 9 D l | / 3 R D R E S >— CLK0/I2
MON I/OS
1/09
IDT4 9FCT8 0 6ASO I/O10
I / O l l
R67 1 I I 1
Wy
/ / / /
OOOO
1 1 1 1
2 3 4 5
MACH210-15..TC
Z1024 VIDEO
/CSYNC17 0
22 /BDRES /CSYNC 170 Z>2B4,7B5
\/B D R E Q ?Z
FIELD17 0
V I D E N _ Z > 2B4
/BDHSYNC /HSYNC17 0
/VSYNC17 0
17 /CBLANK17 0
DISPVID
/3DHSYNC /BDVSYNC
7BCBLANK
BDISPVID
^> 2A2.4C7
U7 5
VB3S 23 V3I0
DO Y0
VB3 3 /
Dl Y l
D2 Y2
D3 Y3
D4 Y4 -j / K B L A N K 3 4 3 > 2 C 7 , 5 C 8
D5 Y5 -j V I D E N 3 4 3 > 2 C 7 , 5 C 3
D6 Y6
D7 Y7
D8 Y8
D9 Y9
OC
)CP
1 1 1 1 1 I I I I
/ / / / / / / / /
o o o o c OO OO
4 3 2 1 0 3 3 2 2
T
/HSLA1. K3 4 3 10 9 8
1/05 1/027
GND GND 2 V3I0 / 1/06 1/026
3 V3 I 1 / 1/07 1/025
V3 VIDEO IN/OUT VB3 2 '1 V3I2 /
/ ;.'.RiJr-.:-:s 10 1/024
\ VB3 3 S V 3 13 / CLK1/15
<> II
V3I4 /
7 V3 15 / CLK0/12 14
8 V3I6 / I/OS 13
9 V3I7 / 1/09 1/023
10 V3 18 / I/O10 1/022
1 1 V3 19
/ I / O l l 1/021
T i l l I I I I I
- 1 /VB3XMT / / / / / / / / /
13 /CLK170 OOOO OOOOO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
2 3 4 5 67 8 9 0
2D2 [7yB3RCV>—
12
/VB3XMT
2D2r7v"B3XMT>
~M VIDEO
V 1 T
'°- 9 1 Z> 4 B 7
E=-:-SC3 4 3
-j / H S Y N C 3 4 3 > 2 C 7
—1 / C S Y N C 3 4 3 > 6 C 8
-j /CBLANK343'"> 6C8
.^LA>rv3 4 3
\ V I 14 /VB LANK 3 43 > 5D8
-| D I S P V I D 3 4 3 > 2C7
:R23 R69
- 182 182
CLK343C.
-|FIELDlT0~> 2B4, 5A4
—\ / H S Y N C 1 7 0 > 2 B 4
I R24
-243
•J/VSYNC170 > 4B7
VIDTMG.SCH
TitZ.*
H V 2 I [0. .9 ] > 4 B 7 VIDEO TIMING
=-^n-^nt Number REV
1. 0
Da: m May 5 , 1995 [Sheet 3 o f 1 1
H V 2 Q [0 • .9 ] > 2D7
7777777
4V1Q [ 0 . . 9J > 7D8
M V 3 Q [0 . .9 J > 2D7
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
I I I I I I I I
////////
I I I
5 / /
I
/
I
/
I
/
I
/
I
/
I
/
1
OOOOOOOO OO O O O O O O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6
I/OS
1/09 1/055
I/O10 1/054
I /Ol 1 1/053
1/012 1/052
7B5 CLK1/II
2B4,5D8,9D1 /BRDRES 62 /VSYNC17 O
1/016 CLK2/13
2C7,9B1 1/017 1/047
2C7,9B1 1/018 1/046
2D7,9B1 I/019 1/045
2D7,9B1 I/O20 1/044
9B1 1/021 1/043
9B1 1/022 1/042
1/023 1/041
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I/O40
//////// ////////
OOO OOOOO OOOOOOOO
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MACH130-15JC
3 B 7 r v T l [ 0 . • 9] v i i r o - - 9 1
3A6fV2I [0 . .9 ]~ YSIf n 0 1
3All/VSYNC170-^ /VSYNC17 0
3D5|CLK170~~> CBK170
VMUX1.SCH
VIDEO INPUT
S i z e Document Number
/OVCASA
AOVA r
7D8, 10A2rATADD[0 . .f s T ^ ^ ^ B C f O ^ A J J
I I I I I I I I I I I I
/ / / / / / / / / / / /
O OOOOO OOOOOO
5 4 3 2 10 4 4 4 4 4 4
7 6 5 4 3 2
1/07 1/041
ATADD15
1/08 I/O40
1/09 1/039 7 C 8 , 8 C 8 , 10D2<TATDAT t 0 . .7]
A T n f i T F 0
-
I/O10 I/038
I / O l l 1/037
2 B 4 , 4 C 7 , 9D1I / B R D R E S > IOCHRDY A
CLKO/10 1/036 -I I O C H R D Y _ A > 9B5
/VBLANK 3 4 3
3A1 /VBLANK3 4 3 >— CLK1/I1 17
=
9 D l | / M E M W R Z>— -— 12
U5 9
-< C L K 3 4 3 ~ | 3D5
/HBLANK3 4 3 16 AO DQ1
2C7, 3c i i :r.-- .-; 3 >— 13 CLK3/IS A l DQ2
1/012 CLK2/I4 A2 DQ3
1/013 1/035 _y A3 DQ4
1/014 1/034 A4 DQ5
2C7 ,3Cl|VIDEN343 >— A T D A T '3 /
1/015 1/033 H O V 3 4 3 s"c> 7B5 AS DQ6
1/016 1/032 DQ7
ATDAT6 / OV1SD [0. .7 : > 7C8
A6
I/017I I I I II I I I I I I H/031 A7 DQS
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / A8
I
OOOOOO OOOOOO
112 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 SQl
8 9 0 12 3 OVTROEA
4 5 6 7 8 9 TR/OE SQ2
ME/WE SQ3
SQ4
MACH220-15JC RAS SQ5
CAS SQ
OVERLAY ACC A
WAKEUP SQ7
2 C 4 < WAKEUP " SE SQ8
OV3 4 3SC
SC
QSF
DSF
UPD482234LE-70
ATADD11
9D1IUADD17 >
9D1 OVLU2
9DljUADD16 >— U60
8 ATDAT 0 /
AO DQ1
OVTROEA 9 ATDAT1 /
A l DQ2
9 B l f T M E M R D >- 10 ATDAT2 y
A2 DQ3
9B1 O V L U O 5-— 11 ATDAT3 /
A3 DQ4
9BlloVLUl > — 31 ATDAT4 /
A4 DQS
32 ATDAT5 /
/BRDRES A5 DQ6
33 ATDAT6 / Q
AS DQ7 ^ Y ? . f i r ? l f l . .71 | o v 2 S D t O . ~ 7 T ^ > 7 A 8
/
34 ATDAT7 /
A7 DQ8
I
AS
3 OV2SD0
SQl
4 OV2SD1 /
xM El /
/ oW Ei SQ2
SQ3
5 OV2SD2 /
6 OV2SD3 /
SQ4
36 OV2SD4 /
RAS SQ =
37 OV2SD5 /
CAS
38 OV2SD6 /
SQ7
39 OV2SD7 /
SE SQ8
ATADD10 SC
26 K
ATADD11 QSF
DSF
UPD482234LE-70
U61
AO DQ1
ATDAT1 /
A l DQ2
ATDAT2 /
A2 DQ3
ATDAT3 /
A3 DQ4
I I I I I I I I I I I I A4 DQ5
/ / / / / / / / / / / / A5 DQ6
O OO OOO OOOOOO
5 4 3 2 10 4 4 4 4 4 4 A6 DQ7 , g Y i S B H n 7 1 lov3sDro. .-Ti->7A8
7 6 5 4 3 2 A7 DQS
1/07 1/041 AS
1/08 I/O40 SQl
/OVTROEB /OVTROEB
1/09 1/039 XE/£H SQ2
I/O10 1/038 M E /VIE SQ3
I / O l l 1/037 SQ4
DISPVID 170 2 IS IOCHRDY
3 D i r D T s P V I D _ 1 7 0 _ . Z >- CLKO/10 1/036 •\ I O C H R D Y _ . B > 9A5 RAS SQ5
17 OV3SD5 /
CLK1/I1 CAS SQ6
OV3SD6 /
12 SQ7
SK SQ8
16 SC
2CirACTZ1024 >-
ACTZ102 4
13 CLK3/15 —< C L K 1 7 0 | 3D5 QSF
1/012 CLK2/14 DSF
ATADD12
1/013 :1/03 5
A T A D D 13 1/034
1/014
1/033 FIELD170 UPD432234LE-70
1/015
1/032 VIDEN_170 Z
1/016 - < V I D E N _ 1 7 0_Z~~| 3 D 1
I/017I I I I II I I I I I I II/031
/ / / / / / / / / / / / /
OOOOOO OOOOOO
112 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MACH220-15JC 8 9 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1111
OVERLAY ACC
FIELD17 0
2B4, 3A1|FIELD170 >
X
OV17 0SC
-|OVI7QSC> 7 B 5
/OVTROEB
OVLMEM.SCH
5 D 8 , 1 0A2} A T A D D [ 1 . .TTT
5Bir5"v~3SD [ 0
FROM OVERLAY BUFF3
LUT17 0.SCH
2B6|A7B"Q [ 0 . . 9 ]"
5 D 8 , 7 D 8 , 1 0 A 2 j A T A D D [ 1 - . 1 0 ] >«wfi3EflfifillMJiSL
\ VBOO 23 \_ VBOC 23
\ VBOl 24 k VBOl 24
23 VBOO / \ VB02 25 X VB02 25
22 VBOl • \ VB03 26 X VB03 26
21 VB02 / \ VB04 27 |\ VB04 27
2 0 VBG-3 / \ VBOS 1 k VB05 1
19 VB04 / V VB06 2 k VB06 2
18 VB05 / \ VB07 3 k VB07 3
17 VB06 / \ VBOS 4 X VBOS 4
A8 A8
16 VB07 / X VBOS 5 X VB09 5
A9 A9
\ ATADD9 15 VB08 / \ LU2AD10 6
A10
LU2AD10 6
A10
\ ATADD10 14 VB0 9 \ LU2AD11 7
A l l \ LU2AP11 7
A l l
\ LU2AD12 8
A12 s LU2AP12 8
A12
2C4 ,7B5|LUSL2Q > LUSL20
4 c
\ LU2AD13 9
A13 \ LU2AP13 9
A13
ATDAT8 10
10 10
J
ATDAT9 11
1DT7 4FCT82 7ASO
13
CE1
OE
CE2
WE
CY7B162-10VC CY7B162-10VC
9D1|/LU2WE~LT> /LU2WE_L
iBPAT[0..9] >6D8
7 B 5 | L U 1 A D [ 1 0 . .13 1 ^ B M t t • 1 fH
2 B 6 [ V A O [ 0 . . 9 ]~~>=
. VAO I C • ^gJ„
VAO0 23
k VAOl 24
VAO 2 25
\ ATADD1 2 23 VAO0 / j\ VAO 3 26
\ ATADD2 3 2 2 VAOl / VAO 4 27
\ ATADD3 4 2 1 VAO 2 / !\ VAO 5 1
\ ATADD4 5 20 VAO 3 A K VAO 6 2
\ ATADD5 6 1 9 VAO 4 / [\ VAO 7 3
\ ATADD6 7 18 VAO 5 / t\ VAO 8 4
AS AS AS
\ ATADD7 8 17 VAO 6 / \ VAO 9 5
A9 A9 A9
\ .ATADD a 9 16 VAO 7 / LU1AD10 \ LU1AD10 6
A10 A10 A10
\ ATADD9 10 15 VAO 8 / \ LU1AD11 7
A l l
\ ATADD10 A l l A l l
11 14 VAO 9 r X LU1AP12 \ LU1AD12 8
A12 A12 A12
A13 A13 \ LU1AD13 9
A13
2C4 ,7C5|LUSL1Q >— 1,
T 10 10
1 3
C 10
APAT5~\,
CY7B162
g D l f / L u l W E ^ L >r- /LU1WE L
/LU1WE_H /LU1WE..H
9D1| / L U 1 W E _ H >
LUT.SCH
1 . 0
199 5 [ S h e e t
./BRDRES> 2B4 , 3C4 , 4C7 , 5 D 8 , 7E
/LU1WE_L
/ L U 1 W E ..H
7 LU1VJ'E_.L .
/LU2HE L
/ L U 2 W E H
/ L U 3 W E L
/LU3VJE_H
/LU3'a'E TT> 7 C 8
LWRTXFpT>2C4
E N P A N L S B
E W P M L S B > 2 C 4
E M O U T M U X
E N Q U T M U X > 2 C 4
'^~^SUS , 7B5
E N S N P R E G
E N S N P R E G > 2 C 4
10C6|"SA[0 . . 9] ENSCFOl.L
ENSCROL7L~> 2 C 4
/ D A T A E N L
/ D A T A E N L ~ > 1 0 D 5
O V L U 2 > " 5 C S , 7 B 8
U A D D 1 6 ~ > 5 C 8
/ D A T A E N H 1 6 2 >s
T6>
/ D A T A E N H
/ D A T A E N L 1 6
1 0C 5
1 0 D 6 r S D [ 0 . .71 y ^ T O .
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
/ / / / / / / / 5 / / / / / / / /
O O O O O O O O OO O O O O O O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
/ L U 3 W E L 3 2 1 0 9 R 7 6
I/OS
/ L U 2 W E H
1/09 1 / 0 5 5
/ L U 2 W E L
I/O10 1/054
/ L U 1 W E H
I / O l l 1 / 0 5 3
. L U 1 V 7 E I,
1/012 1/052
1 / 0 1 3 1 / 0 5 1
1/014 I / O 5 0
3 C 5 [ 7 B D R E S ">— 1/015 1/049
lODSfRESET > — CLKO/10 1 / 0 4 8
C L K 3 / I 4
C L K 1 / I 1
1 / 0 1 6 C L K 2 / I 3
I/D17 1/047
I/OIS 1 / 0 4 6
1 0 D6| B A L E >— 1/019 1/045 L R D T X F R :
/ M E M B D S L
I/O20 1 / 0 4 4
1/021 1/043
1 / 0 2 2 1 / 0 4 2
1/023 1 / 0 4 1
I I I I I I I I r i 1 / 0 4 0
/ / / / / / / / / /
OOOOOOOO
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 9
M A C H 4 3 5 - 1 5 U C
10B5
10D6 / SMEMW'~>-
10B5 / SBHE
10D6 / S H E M R ~ > -
10B5 /HEMR >—
/IOBDSL
lODef/IOWR >—
O V L U 1 > 5 C 8 , 7 B 8
/ M E M C S 1 6
/ M E M C S 1 6 ~ > 1 0 B 8
/ D A T A E N H
/ D A T A E N H > 1 0 C 5
/MEMRD > 5 C 8
O V L U 0 > 5 c
M M 7 4 F S 2 1 W M
D5
/ M E M O U T > 1 0 D
? K 1 S C 0 3 > "3C7
/IOBDSL
5D4|lOCHRDY-A-> IOCHRDY A 1
— T T O C H R D Y Z> 1 0 C 6
SW DIP-5
5 B 4 r T Q C H R D Y ,B~>
QO
Ql
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
QG
Q7 2C1| I O C H R D Y _ D > 1OCHRDY_D 9
M M 7 4 F 5 2 1 W M
ATINTF.SCH
T i t l
AT INTERFACE
Size Document Number REV
C 1 . 0
Dane : February 20, 1995lsheet 9 o f 11
^ A T D A T f P
;ATDAT[0..9] >5D3,7C8,8C8
DM7 4 L S 2 4 5M
GND -IOCHK
RESET SD7
+ 5V SD6
IRQ9 SD5
-5V SD4
DRQ2 SD3 9B3[ I O C H R D Y
-12V SD2
-SRDY SD1
+ 12V SDO
A10 IOCHRDY
GND IOCHRDY
A l l AEN
-SMEMW AEN
-SMEMR SA19 ( S A [ Q . . 1 5 ] > 9D7
-IOW SA18
-IOR SA17 A H : /DATAENH
9BlfTDATAENH >—
A l ?
-DACK3 SA16
A16 SA15
DRQ3 SA15
A17 SA14
-DACK1 SA14 DM7 4 L S 2 4 5 M
DROl A18 SA13
SA13
RFRSH SA12 P A T J A . T J J J .,151 ^ DATDAT [0. .15] > 2D5
A2 0 SA11
BCLK SA11
A21 SA10
IRQ7 SA10
A22 SA9
IRQ6 SA9
A23 SAS
IRQ5 SA8
A24 SA7
1RQ4 SA7
A2 5 SA6
IRQ3 SA6
A2 6 SA5
-DACK2 SA5
A27 SA4
TC SA4
A2 8 SA3
BALE SA3
A2 9 SA2
+ 5V SA2
A3 0 SA1
OSC SA1
A31 SAO /DATAENL16
SAO 9D if/DAT AENL 16~^>-
CON AT62C
DM74LS245M
DATDAT15
DATDAT14
DATDAT13
DATDAT12
DA T D A T 1 1 /
DATDAT10 /
DM74LS245M
"7> 9 C S
/MEMCS16
9B1| / M E M C S 1 6 > -MEMCS16 -SBHE
-IOCS16 LA2 3
IRQ10 LA2 2
IRQ11 LA2 1
IRQ12 LA2 0
IRQ15 LAI9
S D f 8. . 1 5 1
IRQ14 LAIS
-DACKO LA17 > 5D8,7D8, 8D8
DRQO -MEMR
CIO /HEI-r.v
-DACK5 -MEMW
C l l SD8
DRQ5 SD8
C12 SD9
-DACK6 SD9
C13 SD10
DRQ6 SD10
C14 SD11
-DACK7 SD11
C15 SD12
DRQ7 SD12
C16 SDI3
+ 5V SD13
C17 SD14
-MASTER SD14
GND SD15
CON A T 3 6C
ATADD[8..15]>5D8,7D8,8D8
DM74LS244M
ATCONN.SCH
AT INTERFACE
nt Number
January 2 6, I995|Sheet
POWER INDICATOR LAMPS
+ 5V
RBI R57
280 976
3E >a R E D
^ RED
^3
i — i — i — r
—I— >_ j. a*i —|— t—L03
— —O /-.toe
— . — i_ x a o
O^. Tl au e
— , — i_ x » / T
—.—
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I
1
f~
O . il auAF
1
.luF F — O.luF - C189 =p C190 =Z= C191 r±Z C192 Z±= C 1 93 = p C194 Z±Z C195 =±" C196 ZTfZ C197 =±= C 1 9 8 =±= C 1 9 9 =p C200 =p C2
0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 . IuF 0 .
_r i i—i—r -£ j T j 2 T j T J — r T X
X x
—p- C213 —p- C 2 1 2 — C 2 1 1 —,— C 2 1 0 Z±Z C209 ZZp C 2 0 8 Z = C207 Z±Z C 2 0 6 Z±= C 2 0 5 =Z=
_,_ C218 Z±Z C217 Z±l C216 =J= C 2 1 5 ZZ= 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF
0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF 0.IuF
i i X X X X X X X X X X T—r
L I —
X X X X —r-
X X X X JAl X T °- " T lu! x_
1 i — i — i — i — i — i — r X X T X
T _
0.IuF
1 l-ZDU
0. I u F
. l_iiOi
0. I u F
1 L i D i
0.IuF
.— L i D J
0. I u F
, L z Ot
0. I u F
1—
0.IuF
1—
0. I u F
1 l_Z O /
0.IuF
, Z
0.
UPSPWR.SCH
T i t l e
UPSCAN POWER & DECOUPLING
S i z e Document Number REV
C 1.0
Date : January 26, 1995lSheet 11 o f 11
SECTION 8.3
RTE2000 SCHEMATICS
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
K 10.475-
•10.150 •51
RTE HIS061295
4N
if D LAYER 1
4.500
4.300 4.250
St S2
CM UK U29 WO
iZZZJ- 1.250^ ^
,30u
n
DISPVID
Jl
6 C 4 , 7B5I/MEMW >— /CNVOE > 3C6
3 12
O O O O O
/CLK170"> 5A5 14
13
1023
1022 LUTv-'E "> 4 A 7
1021 / L A D D E N > 4B7
/LUTOUT
OUT>
DISPVIDLY
DISPVIDLY > 5B8
C L K 1 7 OA
CLK170A> 5A5
H DISPVID> 5B8
- I > 3D6
V 3 T f 0 q i
5cirv2TTo"
V2 VIDEO OUT
V3 VIDEO IN
VBINT.SCH
72 CNVDO y
71 CNVD1 /
70 CNVD2 A
68 CNVD3 /
67 CNVD4 /
66 CNVD5 /
4C7 , 7 D 2 < T A T D A T [ 0 65 CNVD6 /
6A CNVD7 /
62 CNVD8 /
60 CNVD9 / 39 LUTADD3 /
59 CHVD10/ I O S 1027
38 LUTADD2 /
58 106 102 6
CNVD11 / \CNVD3 9 37 LUTADD1 /
107 102 5
57 CNVD12/ \CNVD4 10
10 36 LUTADD0 /
102 4
56 CNVD13/ \CNVD5 11
I I CK1/I5
35 CLK17 0
55
J
CNVD14/
53 CNVD15/ \CNVD6 13
>CK0/I2 14
33 „
52 CNVD16/ \CNVD7 14 32 y
51 IOS 13
CNVD17/ \CNVD8 15 31 *
109 102 3
50
49
CNVD18/
CNVD19/
\CNVD9 16
.CNVD1017
IO10 1022 c•
IOll 102 1 ~T9~^
81
80 *
79 *
78 *
77 r*
75 f
74 :
73 *
6 C 1| L T C H O F F H >
U7
DO QO
16 LUTADD8 A
17
Dl Ql LUTADD9 A
IS
D2 Q2 LUTADD10 A
i 9
D3 Q3 LUTADD11 A
20
D4 Q4 LUTADD12 A.
21
D5 Q5 LUTADD13 A
22
D6 Q6 LUTADD14 A
23 LUTADD15 /
D7 Q7
24 LUTADD16 /
D8 Q8
14
RENl EF
^15~^
REN 2 FF
3*
RCLK PAE
PAF
WEN1
WEN2/LD
WCLK
RS
OE
IDT72231-25
LUTADD17
DO Q0
Dl Ql
D2 Q2
D3 Q3
D4
D5 OS
D6
D7
Q'
D8 Q8
RENl EF
REN2 FF
RCLK PAE
PAF
WEN1
WEN2/LD
WCLK
RS
OE
IDT72231-25
CONV2.SCH
CONVOLVER
Size Document Number
3> 5D8
23 RSDATO/
AO DQ1
22 RSDAT1/
Al DQ2
2 1 RSDAT2/
A2 DQ3
A3 DQ4 :•: RSDAT3/
19 RSDAT4/
A4
18 RSDAT5/
A5
17 R S D A T 6/
A6
16 RSDAT7/
A7
15 RSDAT8/
AS
LUTADD? 14 "GDAT"/
A9
/LUTADD10
A10
/LUTADD11
A l l
/LUTADD12
3D8,7D2<TATDAT[0 A12
LUTADD13
A13
LUTADD14 74FCT821
A14
A15
A16
/LUTADD17
A17
ci
OE
WE
MCM6229A-25
7 B 2 f A T A D D [ 1 . . 15 ] ^^ff^Bfli^*^^
L U T ADDO
DQ1
LUTDAT5 /
DQ2
LUTADD2
DQ3
LUTADD3 1 9 LUTDAT7 /
DQ4
LUTADD4
LUTADD5
LUTADD7
LUTADD8
LUTADD9
/LUTADD10
A10
LUTADD11
A l l
LUTADD12
A12
LUTADD13
A13
LUTADD14
A14
74FCT827 LUTADD15
A15
LUTADD16
A16
LUTADD17
A17
WE
MCM6229A-25
OE
3 Dl["LUTADD [ 0 . .17 ] LUTADDr Q . .17 1 r
-:E
MCM6229A-25
2C1| / L U T W E >—
2C5rCLK17Q >-
LOOKUP TABLE
S i z e Do t~it Number REV
1 . 0
June 7 , 19 9 5 1-Sheet
ONE SECTION ONLY.
4 C U R S D A T [ 0 . . 9~j 3
U24
23 V2I0
DO YO
22 V 2 f l ~ V
Dl Y l
21 V2T2~\
D2 Y2
2 0 V2"l3~\
D3 Y3
19 V2"l4~~\
D4 Y4
15 V2T5~N
D5 Y5
17 V2~I6~N
D6 Y6
16 V2i7~\
D7 Y7
15 V2"l8~^
DS Y8
14 V2T9~\
D9 Y9
s
OC
> CP
74FCT821
2 3 V2I0
22 V2TT~\
21 V2I2~\
2 0 V2I3 >
19 V2I4~\
IS V2"l5^\
17 V 2 I 6 A
1 6 V2I7~N
15 V2IS~N
14 V2I9~\
2C1
2B5
2B5 IHSYNC
2B5 FIELD
2B5 DISPVID;
2C1 DISPVIDL
2B5 VI DEN ~>-
RSBUF.SCH
RE-SYNC BUFFER
Size Document Number REV
1 . 0
19 9 5 | S h e e t
- 7 T U T S E L > 2C4
/CNVSEL2
-/CNVSEL2 >2C4
/CNVSEL1
- / C W V S E ' l i " > 2C4
• F N C O > 3D4
- F N C 1 > 3D4
- FNC2 > 3D4
- F N C 3 > 3D4
LTCHOK FI,
LTCHOFFH
I I I I I I
J OOOOO
3 4 4 4 4 4
7 6 5 4 3 2
/HRESET
1041 H / M R E 5 E T > 2 C 4 , 3C8 , 5A5
IO40
1039
103 8
1037
103 6
17
CLK3/ 15
CLK2/14
103 5
1034
1033 -I / DATOUT> 7C5
1032 •j i DT E N L > 7C5
IQ31
1 I I I
DOOO
2 2 2 2
5 7 8 9
MACH220-15
IODRTE.PDS
ATINTF.SCH
T i t l e
AT INTERFACE
S i z e Document Number REV
C 1 . 0
Date: June 7, 1595lsheet 6 o f 8
8 I I? 1 C A T D A T [ 0 - - 9] > 3D8,4C7
6C4I/MEMCS16
8 1 1 1
----? - 5 = ^ ATADD [ 8 . • 1 5 1 > 3C6, 4C7
ATCONN.SCH
T i t l e
AT INTERFACE
S i z e Docun e n t Number- REV
C 1 . 0
Date June 13, 1995|Sheet 7 of 8
POWER INDICATOR LAMPS
R14
230
•ii RED
T
X
X
X
RTEPWR.SCH
INTRODUCTION
The 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Version 1.7 controls all image processing functions
of the IMS imaging systems. The motherboard has seven ISA 16-bit I/O bus card slots
and three V E S A slots. The board was introduced into production September 16,1996.
The 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Version 1.7 can be used in all of the DIS-300, DIS-
O
400, IMS 2000, and IMS 2760 (except IMS 2760 CINE option) imaging systems.
INSTALLATION
When the motherboard is first installed it is important to check the BIOS settings as well
as the Hardware Jumper configuration.
Be careful when physically installing the motherboard into the imaging system computer
case that the mounting hardware matches the mounting hole layout on the motherboard.
MOTHERBOARD CONFIGURATION
The motherboards BIOS setup and Hardware Jumpers must be configured to match the
particular imaging system parameters it istobe used in. The BIOS should be checked if
the on-board battery has failed or if new hardware has been installed into the motherboard.
C
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
BIOS CONFIGURATION
BIOS settings:
1.) S E T U P :
- STANDARD:
a.) Date/Time.
b.) Floppy A : (1.44 MB)
c. ) Floppy B: (not installed)
d.) Hard Disk C : (use auto detect utility in UTILITY window)
e.) Hard Disk D : (use auto detect utility in UTILITY window)
-ADVANCED:
a.) Typematic Rate: Disabled
b.) System Keyboard: Absent
c.) Primary Display: Mono
d.) Above 1MB Memory Test: Enabled
c.) Memory Test Tick Sound: Enabled
d.) Hit "Del" Message Display: Disabled
2.) U T I L I T Y
- I D E Setup: By selecting the IDE Setup the nKjtherboard will automatically detect any
hard drives connected to the IDE controller card.
3.) SECTJRLTY
4. ) D E F A U L T
Trademarks
I B M , P C / A T , a n d P C / X T are trademarks of
International Business Machines C o r p o r a t i o n .
C y r i x is a trademark of C y r i x C o r p o r a t i o n .
U M C is a trademark of U n i t e d Microelectronics
Corporation.
jj
Contents
C h a p t e r 1: I n t r o d u c t i o n 1
K e y Features 1
U n p a c k i n g the M a i n b o a r d 3
M a i n b o a r d C o m p o n e n t Locations 4
C h a p t e r 2: H a r d w a r e C o n f i g u r a t i o n 5
P o w e r Precautions 5
Jumper S w i t c h Settings 5
JP3 - F l a s h R O M V P P Supply Selector 6
JP27-JP30, JP32, JP33 - C P U Type Jumpers 6
JP6-JP8 - C P U C l o c k Setting 8
JP31 - Intel 80486DX4 C P U Clock M u l t i p l i e r Jumper 9
JP34 - A M D 80486DX4 C P U C l o c k M u l t i p l i e r Jumper 9
JP21-JP24, JP35 - C P U Power Selectors 9
JP16 - V E S A C l o c k Selector 9
JP17 - V E S A W a i t State 10
M e m o r y Configuration 10
C h a p t e r 3: M a i n b o a r d Installation 11
j Connectors 11
J l - K e y b o a r d Connector 11
J9 - P o w e r S u p p l y Connectors 11
J18 - Speaker Connector 12
JP1 - External Battery 12
JP15 - K e y l o c k & Power L E D Connector : 13
JP19 - T u r b o L E D Connector 13
JP20 - Reset S w i t c h Connector 13
JP22 - T u r b o S w i t c h Connector 14
JP23 - S u s p e n d Switch Connector 14
System A s s e m b l y O v e r v i e w 15
C h a p t e r 4: B I O S Setup 16
A M I W i n B I O S Setup 17
W i n B I O S Setup M a i n M e n u '. 18
Setup W i n d o w : 19
Utility W i n d o w 24
Security W i n d o w 25
} Default W i n d o w 27
E x i t i n g W i n B I O S Setup 28
O Key Features
A d v a n c e d features of the 80486 Deep G r e e n m a i n b o a r d
include:
• Supports C P U s n i n n i n g at
25/33/40/50/66/75/80/100/120 M H z :
— Intel P24T
— Intel P24D
— Intel 80486DX4 (P24C)
— Intel 8 0 4 8 6 D X 2 / D X / S X - S L
— Intel 8 0 4 8 6 D X 2 / D X / S X
— Cyrix CX486DX2/DX/S
— C y r i x 5X86
— A M D AM486DX4 / D X 2 / D X
— UMCU5
o
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
L I w r i t e back or write through cache
• D R A M auto-detection / b a n k i n g
• L e v e l 2 cache p o w e r saving
• 237-pin Z I F socket
O
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
Introduction
• The 80486 M a i n b o a r d
• This User's G u i d e
D o n o t a p p l y p o w e r if the m a i n b o a r d a p p e a r s
damaged. If there is damage to the board, o r items are
missing, contact y o u r dealer immediately.
o
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
Internationa! Medical Systems 80486 D e e p Green Motherboard, V e r 1.7
4 Chapter 1
D I S / M S Imaging Systems
Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 10/01/96
80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7 Rev. 1 - 7
Chapter 2
Hardware Configuration
Before y o u install the 80486 mainboard into the system
chassis, y o u m a y f i n d it convenient to first configure
the mainboard's hardware. This chapter describes h o w
to set jumpers and install m e m o r y modules, a n d where
to attach components.
Power Precautions
Before y o u begin c o n f i g u r a t i o n , make sure y o u are
working with an unplugged mainboard. M a n y
components are p o w e r e d b y low-voltage current, b u t
there still m a y be a dangerous electric current c o m i n g
f r o m the leads a n d power s u p p l y . Take the f o l l o w i n g
O precautions:
6 Chapter 2
Note: When you open the jumper, attach the plastic jumper
cap to one of the pins so you won't lose it.
Q
JP3 - Flash ROM VPP Supply Selector
JP3 is the Flash R O M P r o g r a m Voltage selector.
Description JP3
5 volt 1-2
12 v o l t 2-3
Intel 486SX
JP27 o o o oo
JP28 o e Qo o o
JP29 o o o oo o O O O O
JP32
JP30 o o o oo o o e 9o JP33
JP27 o o o o o
JP28 o e 9p o o
JP29 o o o o o o e O H M JP32
JP30 o o o o o o JP33
e 9 e 9
1
O Intel 486DX2/DX4 SL
e 9 O O O O
e 9 O O O O
o o JP32
o o o o CO JP33
Intel P24D
Enhanced AMD DX4
Cyrix 5X86
1
JP27 e o c 0 0
JP28 e o 0 c o o
JP29 C O 0 C 9 o o o JP32
JP30 l l° C 9 9
Q JP33
\ Intel P24T
JP27 e o •• 0
JP28 e oo o o o
9 9o o o o
••
JP29
JP30 0 oo o
Cyrix M7
1
JP27 'WC 9BMH
JP28 9 9 e 9 9 9
JP29 9 9 9 9 9 9 o o JP32
JP30 09 9 9 90 JP33
o UMC U5
JP27 o oo o o
JP28 o g o o o
JP29 p o o
JP30 o o o o
25 M H z OFF OFF ON
33 MHz ON ON ON
40 M H z OFF ON ON
50 M H z ON OFF OFF
3X OFF
2.5 X 1-2
2X 2-3
Description JP16
< = 33 M H z OFF
O > 33 M H z ON
Description JP16
OWS OFF
1WS ON
Memory Configuration
The D R A M sub-system contains 4 b a n k s . F o u r 3 0 - p i n
S I M M sockets U 8 - U 1 1 are b a n k 2; t w o 72-pin S I M M
sockets U 1 7 is bank 1 a n d 3; U18 is b a n k 0 a n d 2.
O
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1 10/01/96
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7 Rev. 1 -13
Chapter 3
Mainboard Installation
Connectors
J1 - Keyboard Connector
A standard f i v e - p i n female D I N keyboard connector is
located at the rear of the board (Jl). P l u g the jack o n the
keyboard cable into this connector.
Pin Description
1 Keyboard Clock
2 Keyboard Data
3 Ground
O 4 Ground
5 +5VDC
12 +5VDC 6 Ground
11 +5VDC 5 Ground
10 +5VDC 4 -12V D C
9 -5VDC 3 +12V D C
8 Ground 2 +5VDC
7 Ground 1 Power Good
O
Pin Description
1 Data O u t
2 Not Used
3 Ground
4 +5V
Description JP1
External Battery 1-4
Internal Battery 2-3
Clear C M O S 3-4
o
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
Hardware Configuration 13
JP15 - Keylock & Power LED Connector
JP15 is a k e y l o c k connector that enables a n d disables
the keyboard a n d the P o w e r - L E D o n the case.
Pin Description
1 L E D power
2 Not Used
3 Ground
4 Keyboard lhhibiter
5 Ground
Pin Description
1 +Anode
2 -Cathode
Setting Description
Short Reset
Open N o t Reset
Setting Description
Open Turbo M o d e
Short L o w speed M o d e
In a d d i t i o n to s w i t c h i n g clock speed u s i n g h a r d w a r e
control v i a the turbo s w i t c h , y o u can also s w i t c h the
c l o c k s p e e d u s i n g software c o n t r o l v i a k e y b o a r d
commands.
O
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1 10/01/96
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7 Rev. 1 - 17
Hardware Configuration 15
o BIOS setup p r o g r a m .
C$SfflM'Xv*-H-V
/
Powar MjjMt
ef
Pa••word Anti-Virua Original Optimal
3. C h o o s e o p t i o n s w i t h the k e y b o a r d o r mouse.
M o d i f y settings to reflect s y s t e m o p t i o n s . Press A l t -
H for H e l p .
O
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1 10/01/96
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7 Rev. 1 -20
WinBIOS Setup Main Menu
The W i n B I O S Setup m a i n m e n u has four w i n d o w s : the
Setup, Utilities, Security and Default w i n d o w s .
•x-v-v •:•<•>:••- S e t u p
Powar Most
Paaaword
<2>
Antl-Virua
•
Original
B
Optimal
Setup
The Setup w i n d o w has five icons that let y o u set system
c o n f i g u r a t i o n options such as date, t i m e , h a r d d i s k
type, f l o p p y type, a n d many others.
Utilities
T h i s w i n d o w has f o u r icons that p e r f o r m system
functions.
Security
This w i n d o w ' s t w o icons control W i n B I O S security
features.
Default
o This w i n d o w ' s three icons let y o u select default settings
for a l l W i n B I O S Setup options. Choose the O p t i m a l
settings for best performance characteristics.
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
BIOS Setup 19
Setup Window
The Setup w i n d o w has four icons that allow y o u to set
system configuration options.
m if*
Standard Advanced Chipset
S
Power Mgmt
Standard Setup
o D o u b l e - c l i c k o n the S t a n d a r d icon a n d the Standard
Setup screen appears:
Standard Seiu
I — B l
I—Bl
Date/Time Floppy A Floppy B
Advanced Setup
Double-click o n the A d v a n c e d i c o n a n d the A d v a n c e d
Setup screen appears, d i s p l a y i n g the items b e l o w .
Select items y o u w i s h to change, a n d m o d i f y t h e m
u s i n g the keyboard or mouse.
T y p e m a t i c Rate Typematic Rate sets the rate at w h i c h the
(Chars/Sec) characters o n the screen repeat w h e n a key is
pressed a n d h e l d d o w n . The settings are 15,20,
24, a n d 30 characters per second.
S y s t e m K e y b o a r d This i t e m specifies if error messages are
displayed w h e n a k e y b o a r d is not attached.
This o p t i o n lets y o u configure workstations
O that d o not have keyboards.
o System Boot U p
N u m Lock
W h e n O N , this option turns off N u m L o c k
w h e n the system is powered o n .
Floppy Drive W h e n this option is enabled, W i n B I O S
S e e k at Boot performs a seek command o n f l o p p y drive A :
before booting the system.
S y s t e m Boot U p This option sets the sequence of boot drive that
C P U Speed W i n B I O S attempts to boot f r o m after P O S T
completes.
E x t e r n a l Cache Enables/disables secondary cache memory.
I n t e r n a l Cache Enables/disables C P U internal cache memory.
Internal Cache This item sets internal cache to w r i t e through
WB orWT or w r i t e back.
Password This option enables the p a s s w o r d check o p t i o n
Checking every time the system boots or the end user
runs Setup. If A l w a y s is chosen, a user
password prompt appears every time the
computer is turned on. If Setup is chosen, the
password prompt appears w h e n Setup is r u n .
Chipset Setup
Select the C h i p s e t i c o n a n d the C h i p s e t Setup screen
appears, d i s p l a y i n g the items below.
D I S / I M S Imaging Systems
Section 8.5.1 10/01/96
International M e d i c a l Systems
80486 Deep Green Motherboard, V e r 1.7 R e v . 1 - 26
24 Chapter 3
IDE Power W h e n this o p t i o n is enabled, the h a r d d i s k
Control w i l l " S p i n d o w n " i n inactive mode.
W h e n y o u finish w i t h the P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t S e t u p ,
press <ESC> or click the exit box to return to the Setup
Window.
Utility Window
The U t i l i t y w i n d o w has three icons that a l l o w y o u to
set f o l l o w i n g options.
O
?
IDE Setup C o l o r Set
Color Set
T h i s u t i l i t y lets y o u set the W i n B I O S Setup screen
colors.
O
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
BIOS Setup 25
Security Window
T h e Security w i n d o w has two icons w i t h security
functions.
{faux ^^^^m
Password Anti-Virus
Password
1. Select this icon a n d the Password keyboard
appears.
Q
2. Enter a 1~6 character password using either a
mouse or pen stylus, or typing y o u r keyboard. The
p a s s w o r d does not appear on the screen w h e n
typed..
3
DIS/IMS Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1 10/01/96
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7 Rev. 1 -28
Anti-Virus
Double-click this icon a n d a list box appears, a l l o w i n g
y o u to enable or disable the V i r u s Protection feature.
W h e n Enabled the BIOS issues a w a r n i n g w h e n any
p r o g r a m or v i r u s sends a D i s k F o r m a t c o m m a n d or
tries to write to the boot sector of a h a r d d i s k drive.
° d u r i n g D O S h a r d d i s k d r i v e forrnatting.
O
D I S / I M S Imaging Systems Section 8.5.1
International Medical Systems 80486 Deep Green Motherboard, Ver 1.7
BIOS Setup 27
Default Window
The Default w i n d o w has three BIOS default settings.
Original Optimal
Original
Select this i c o n to r e t u r n to the system c o n f i g u r a t i o n
values present i n the W i n B I O S Setup w h e n y o u first
began this W i n B I O S Setup session.
o Optimal
Select this i c o n f o r settings that p r o v i d e the best
p e r f o r m a n c e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . If C M O S R A M is
c o r r u p t e d , t h e O p t i m a l settings a r e l o a d e d
automatically.
DIO-48 I/O
INPUT/OUTPUT
INTERFACE BOARD
IMS2000
DIO-48 INPUT I OUTPUT BOARD - II O
DIO-48 Universal TTL and I/O Interface Board for IMS2760 Image System
Introduction
The DIO-48 board is a half size 8bit I B M bus controlled input and output board. The board has 2 82C55A
Programmable Peripheral Interface Chips. These I.C.'s are used to send and receive T T L logic levels.
This is a high performance C M O S device offering 3 major modes of operation. Bus hold circuitry on all I / O ports
together w i t h T T L compatibility.
Purpose
The DIO-48 board has three main functions on the DIS image System.
1. DIO-48 board controls the C - A r m Exposure functions, and C - A r m control panel selection of
image system operations.
2. DIO-48 board scans the monitor control keyboard for key press.
3. DIO-48 board controls V i d e o relay switching for monitor displays
DIO-48 board controls the C - A r m signals for Exposure, Snapshot, Pulsed Fluoro, Image Store, Transfer and
C - A r m control panel blocking when image system is i n D S A , A V E , R D M modes. The I / O board also scans the
monitor keyboard for keys pressed to control the image system.
DIO-48 board JO connector controls the V C I board for video relays, monitor sync timing and control signals.
The DIO-48 board bus address must not be changed as software can only find the board on the A T bus if the
correct address is selected on each board. See Figure 8.6 - 1 for address switch settings.
N O T E : I / O interrupt request Jumper must be IRQ7 for system interrupt or keyboard w i l l not be recognized and
system w i l l fail to operate, (see Fig. 8.6 -1).
N O T E : The keyboard is no longer interrupt driven form software IMS2760 .Ola version or greater.
Therefore no attachment of the Jumper for IRQ7 is required.
M a k e sure the Jumper is removed form the board to prevent unwanted interrupt signals.
Functional Description
The DIO-48 is a general purpose T T L interface for the I B M P C / X T and A T Computers (and true compatibles).
The 48 lines are grouped into 6 ports of 8 lines each. Seven 8255 PPI chips supply these digital I / O lines.
Channels may be configured by software as inputs or outputs, i n groups of 8 lines. Also, on board are two 8253
Counter chips w h i c h supply (6), 16-bit counter/timers. A l m h z T T L Oscillator is on board to provide a time
base for the 8253.
(See Figure 8.6 - 2 for block diagram of DIO-48).
The pinouts are identical for each connector (JO and J l ). Each connector has 24 I / O lines (3 ports ), 5 volts and
ground. The individual ports are designated A , B, C . Port A has the lowest address. See figure 8.6 - 1 for p i n
orientation.
I/O PINOUTS
CONNECTORS
JO A N D J l
PA4 1 2 +5V
PA5 3 4 PA2
PA6 5 6 PA3
PA7 7 8 PA1
PC7 9 10 PAO
PC5 11 12 PC6
PCO 13 14 PC4
PC2 15 16 PCI
PC 3 17 18 PB7
PBO 19 20 PB6
PB1 21 22 PB5
PB2 23 24 PB4
PB3 25 26 GND
Enable OSC-ClkO
Enable OSC-Clkl
Enable OSC-Clk2
not used
A4(16)-i Base
A5 (32) Address Select
A6 (64) 640 (280 Hex)
A7 (128)
A8 (256) Default
A9 (512H(0FF = TRUE)
I/O Address
Figure 8.6- 1
INTRODUCTION
The IMS2760 Digital System " F R O M 03/28/96 serial 2016 C - A R M " includes the industrial standard Intelligent
D r i v e Electronics ( I D E / A T A ) digital disk interface. I M S only uses the I D E / A T A hard drive, a n d floppy
interfaces as of this date. W i t h some configurations a drive controller Vesa Local Bus w i l l be needed.
The IDE interface includes a 16 or 32 bit, bi-directional buffer. The floppy disk drive controller interface
supports the 1.44M 3 1 / 2 " micro floppy disk, which is used for service troubleshooting and c o p p i n g images to a
" B M P " file format.
NOTE: IDE/ATA drives are pre-formatted at the factory. Do not attempt to use AT diagnostics to perform a
low-level format, it cannot provide 1:1 interleave, and some IDE drives do not support low level format within
diagnostics. If you find it necessary to perform a low-level format due to image or data return failures, return
the drive to IMS for repair or reformatting.
We may use several types of controllers i n the IMS2760 Digital system. H o w e v e r it is important w h i c h type is
in our system. It must support a high speed main bus C L K of grater than 10 M h z and be fully I D E / A T A , M o d e 4 ,
PCI compatible.
Note: When Replacing the Hard Drive all Patient data files and image files will be lost and can not be
retrieved as they are part of the Drive that has been removed.
Note: Although offset/gain values are set at the factory, adjustment may be required due to subseqttent field
adjustments, user preferences, etc.
The I D E / A T A drive used i n the IMS2760 Digital system is listed below w i t h storage capabilities, type, sector
values, heads, etc for the drive. This information is necessary for reconfiguration of the C P U BIOS
Configuration tables.
NOTE: FOR SYSTEM OPERATION UNDER CONTROL OF THE IMS2760 5000 MB IS USED IF DSA, CINE
4F/SEC OPTION WAS NOT PURCHASED
This drives are h i g h G shock rated, w i t h retractable self locking read write heads. The r u n shock rating is
> lOG's. Power off rating is > 60 to 70G's.
DSALUT T H E S E FILES A R E U S E D T O C O N T R O L T H E I M A G E C A P T U R E OF
MSALUT P I X E L I N T E N S I T Y F O R S U B T R A C T E D I M A G E S . T H E S E FILES S H O U L D
RSALUT N O T BE T A M P E R E D W I T H A S S Y S T E M O P E R A T I O N W I L L C E A S E
W I T H O U T T H E FILES.
FNT8X12.IFN T E X T F O N T S T Y L E A N D SIZE. ( D O N O T D E L E T E O R S Y S T E M W I L L N O T
OPERATE CORRECTLY).
NOTE:
THE PATIENTS.DAT, CINE.DAT, IMAGES.DAT, DATETIME.DAT, AND SYSVARS.DAT FILES ARE
CREATED BY THE PROGRAM IF THEY ARE NOT DETECTED IN THE IMS2000 DIRECTORY OF THE HARD
DRIVE. HOWEVER IF THE SYSTEM FAILS TO READ THESE AND CREATES NEW FILES THE PATIENTS
PREVIOUS IMAGES WILL BE LOST.
H A R D DRIVE TYPES
System BIOS C M O S configuration w i l l require this information to properly control the hard drive.
Partition information:
The H a r d Drive for theIMS2760 Digital System w i l l only have a 10 Megabyte D O S partition. The 10MB area
is also formatted to allow the system to boot w i t h the PMS2760 software. C : drive must have an active
partition for self booting of the hard drive.
Flowchart
The image storage area is addressed by cylinder, sector, and track. This allows for controlled image storage and
lower overhead i n the store times needed for Image Page Display (16 images on monitor at once). See Example 2
IMS2000 H A R D D R I V E M E M O R Y A L L O C A T I O N
E X A M P L E - 2
34
33
Spares •• • |• •• •
mm O
N O T E : A L L other pins
One Drive only
••
O O
• • are reserved.
Drive is master
Slave is present DO NOT USE THEM
Drive is slave l : J 8 Jumper Block
Remote L E D
connection
1
9(-) 10(+)
H / D C o n t r o l l e r cable connector
40 J4 2 4 3 2 1
Power 1 = +12V
2 = +12 return
3 = +5 return
4 = +5 V
40 P i n H / D I D E
Cable
Figure 8 . 7 - 2
C o p y r i g h t 1995 b y IMS C o r p o r a t i o n . A l l rights reserved. R e p r o d u c t i o n o r issue to third parties i n any f o r m is not permitted without
express written authority o f IMS C o r p o r a t i o n . A l l other products are either trademarks or copyrights o f their respective owners.
MGP DISPLAY
CARD ADAPTER
IMS2000
MGP /PCI VGA DISPLAY CARDS
PURPOSE MGP
The M G P card displays system information for service by means of a T T L monitor port C N 1 .
D u r i n g system operation a T T L monitor interfaced w i t h this board allows the service engineer to see the
actual functions and modes being used i n the software.i.e., Top of the fluoro loop. This statement tells
y o u the system is i n the fluoro mode waiting for the fluoro start command, Snapshot, or pulse fluoro
command to start acquiring images. There are many different modes and functions i n the system but by
watching the T T L monitor screen while testing the system y o u can determine what mode or function are
causing system failures.
The M G P card is a monochrome graphics adapter plus printer interface and works under a high speed
data bus system, such as the A T and 386,486 or Pentium machines.
N O T E : The M G P mono display card is not used w i t h systems having the RDC2000 board. Please see
V G A display card information for use w i t h RDC2000 board.
The M G P display card can not be repaired in the field. Replacement of the card recommended
if the board fails.
CNl CNl
Direct Drive Direct Drive
Monochrome Monochrome
Monitor Monitor
•
D B 9 Connecter D B 9 Connecter
CN2 CN2
Printer Printer
Output Output
_TL
MGP Figure 8.8-1 MGP Figure 8.8 -2
The PCI display card provides the necessary interface to display the BIOS configuration information
and for software upgrades and service related diagnostics.
The IMS2760 Digital image system when used with the RDC2000 DSA/CINE board makes it necessary
to use a P Q series VGA video display card. The PCI requirements of the RDC2000 board also make the
selection of this video display card critical.
Removal and replacement of this board with a new board is critical. The base timing and memory
allocation and PCI interrupts can cause the VIP,UPS, and RDC2000 boards to not function properly.
Therefore you must only install new PCI VGA video display card that are provided form I M S to ensure
the best possible performance and operation of the image system.
The boards complies with the PCI Specification 2.0: Zero wait State Burst Mode, and Device auto
configuration.
The board Supports VGA resolutions from 1280 X1024 with 16 colors to 640 X 480 with 16.7 million
colors. The board requires the use of a VGA monitor mono or color. Color is preferred as later revisions of
software will take advantage of the color display in service functions in conjunction with the C-Arm.
IMPORTANT:
The PCI VGA boards use the same 15-pin (DB15) cable available from monitor manufactures to
interface with the IBM PS/2 computers. Using an incorrect cable may result in damage to the monitor
and/or adapter.
PIN# SIGNAL N A M E /
DESCRIPTION
1 Red
2 Green
3 Blue
4 M o n i t o r I D bit 2
5 Not USed
6 Ground
7 Ground
8 Ground
o
•
9 Not Used
10 Ground
11 Monitor I D bit 0
12 Monitor I D bit 1
13 H o r i z o n t a l Sync C
DB15
14 Vertical Sync Cable
15 M o n i t o r I D bit 3 Connector
PCI Local Bus Connector
SERVICE GUIDES
C-ARM IIMS2000
(
S E R V I C E GUIDES - SERVICE MENUS AND FLOWCHARTS
PURPOSE:
This section was prepared to assist the service engineer i n setting system default values, operational
parameters, a n d localizing problems to a sub-system, board or major component part.
Flowchart for keyboard interface is not valid for use with DSAJCINE system or with system
using version .Ola software or higher. The software version does not use the IRQ 7 PC bus
interrupt sig. Therefore the system will not use the sigform U2 pin 8 for keyboard operations.
Figure 8 . 1 0 - 2 Service Software Setup Display M e n u s . This flowchart w i l l help the service
engineer to enter the different menu screens and describe what they are used for.
NOTE: THESE ARE ONLY HELP GUIDES AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE THE SOLE
MEANS OF TROUBLESHOOTING THE C-ARM AND IMS2760 DIGITAL SYSTEM.
r Noise Reduction
Press ESC to exit
1) Text Circle radius 221 1) Auto clear Text during Fluoro 1) Grid
2) Auto window circle radius 120 2) DSA alert on 2) Circle
3) Screen Center X 518 3) Display Dose: kV,mA,Time
4) Screen Center Y 256 3) Gray scale
5) Radiation alert On 4) Pulse off time 249 4) Step wedge
6) Live monitor transfer 5) Resolution
7) Auto Select Contrast/rec 6) Test Partem
8) Sharp Low 25 7) Live video input
9) Sharp High 50 8) Freeze video input
0) Menu time out 1000
9) Copy BMP file to floppy
Press Esc to exit. Enter to save values Press Esc to exit, Enter to save values
Press ESC to exit
The service software is used for setting the system operational parameters and user preference items. The
software is broken u p into five parts as listed below.
1) W N D W G a i n and Offset
3) Defaults
4) Test Patterns
1) G A I N and OFFSET
The gain and offset functions of the image processor provide the necessary calibration to match the
analog to digital converter's range to the amplitude and level of the video input.
The Offset adjustment is used to set the A / D converter's lower range to the black level i n the video
signal. A n y signal below this level w i l l result i n a l l pixel values being converted to black until the
video signal rises above the offset value.
The G a i n is used to match the m a x i m u m signal amplitude (white level) to the A / D ' s m a x i m u m
conversion capacity ( i . e . 10 bit = 1024 gray scale).
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when measuring on the VIP2000 and UPS2000 boards. Make sure power is off
before attaching meter and scopes to the board sets as permanent damage will occur if components are
inadvertently shorted.
1. Energize system.
2. Enter the Service M e n u b y h o l d i n g d o w n the Shift K e y while pressing the "Edge K e y " .
5. Press the Escape K e y twice to return to n o r m a l operation mode and press the M O N / L - R key to transfer
the image to the right side monitor. The Step Wedge image should n o w appear on both monitors (left
and right).
Connect oscilloscope to the video output of the left monitor, leaving the 75 o h m termination switch
"on". A step wedge going u p o n both sides of the oscilloscope w i l l be seen.
8. Connect oscilloscope to the video output of the right monitor, leaving the 75 o h m termination switch
"on". A step wedge going u p on both sides of the oscilloscope w i l l be seen.
11. O n the VTP2000 board, connect D C voltmeter between W6 (gnd) and W22 (DC gain).
(Reference F i g . 2 )
12. O n the VLP2000 board, connect D C voltmeter between W6 (gnd) and W19 (offset).
(Reference Fig. 2 )
NOTE:
The following steps 1-6 must be performed on the IMS 2000 image system after the camera tube or
major image adjustments have been made to the T V camera.
Please see analog camera adjusting instructions for details of camera adjustments as this set of
instructions o n l y refer to the image system and assume camera is correctly calibrated.
IMS 2000 Video Signal O F F S E T and GAIN Matching to A/D ANALOG CAMERA
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when measuring on the VIP2000 and UPS2000 boards . Make sure power is off
before attaching meter and scopes to the board sets as permanent damage will occur if components are
inadvertently shorted.
•
a. Connect oscilloscope channel 1 to the VTP2000 Board W 2 (video input) and ground, W 6 .
NOTE:
The amplitude of the input signal at W2 should be measured from the reference level to the white peak
(Reference Fig. 8). The amplitude of the output signal at the left monitor video out, should be measured from
the pedestal to the white peak (Reference Fig. 9).
3. Place a l u m i n u m step wedge i n image field so that it appears horizontally across the image. Use
STEP W E D G E O R I E N T A T I O N
a. W i t h fluoro on, observe channel 2 (video output), and adjust software offset value u p , using arrow
keys, u n t i l the pedestal just begins to separate from its reference level.
Adjust the
value back
d o w n to where
it just begins to
settle.
6. Connect the oscilloscope channel 1 to the junction of D4 and D 5 , input to A / D converter ( . 5 v / d i v 20us).
a. Remove the step wedge from the field and open the coLlimator completely.
b. Place a lead blocker i n the field so that it covers 2 / 3 of the image, leaving 1/3 u n b l o c k e d .
c. W i t h fluoro on, adjust the software gain value to set the white peak value to 3.45V - 3 5 5 V . D o not
exceed 3.6V.
h. Calculate the percent difference between the input and output of each step.
If the percent difference is greater than 16%, then the camera white peak or black level m a y require
subsequent adjustment. If the video level is too high, return to U 9 Board Adjustments a n d adjust white
peak a n d white clipping accordingly.
The system incorporates weighted frame averaging to help reduce noise in the live and last image
hold. The system employs an averaging technique termed "exponential averaging". This type of
averaging will reduce from 50 % to 87% of the noise in the live video image depending on the selected
value, i.e. 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 or 16 frames. Therefore the service software allows the service engineer to
select the value of noise reduction best suited for the customer as a default setting when the system turns
on. The selection of the image noise reduction is accomplished by selecting "2" from the main service
menu
The operator is allowed to select form the control keyboard LOW, MED, HIGH noise reduction which
in turn is a value set by the service engineer in the service menu. The value for LOW, MED, or HIGH can
be set to any value from 2 to 16 frames. The best results are given below for a new system.
LOW = 2 MED = 4 HIGH = 16 These values are set at the factory when the system is shipped.
Select the number form list on the screen by pressing the corresponding number select function
LOW,MED,HIGH. Then enter value for noise reduction by pressing the numerical keys for number
of video frames to be averaged, i.e. 2,3,4,5, -16 needed then press the ENTER key to save the new value
for noise reduction.
NOTE: Selection 9 provides a base level of image noise reduction for system even if operator select no
NR reduction. This base value should be 2 to 3 frames but no less than 2. This will Limit all settings of
noise reduction NR, and LIH from going below the minimum set by this selection.
NOTE: When all entries are complete press ENTER to save the screen and it's new values to digital
disk
LIH NOISE:
Refers to the function used a the end of a fluoroscopy when the radiation hand/footswitch is
released and the processing system averages images to reduce noise in the image to provide better
image quality.
The LAST IMAGE HOLD feature of noise reduction allows the operator to select a different value
of noise reduction when the Dr. releases the fluoroscopic footswitch this type of noise reduction is called
a finite impulse response filter . The system averages image together with a fixed pre-set number of
video image frames.
EXAMPLE : LIH set for four (4) image. The DR. releases the footswitch, C-Arm sends a signal to the
LMS2760 digital system to start the LLH mode. The image processor sets the value of image to the 4
images preselected then accumulates them in the image buffers and applies the LIH algorithm to the
images in the buffer. The results are then displayed on the process monitor and image system sends
signal to the C-Arm to stop the fluoroscopic radiation . The length of hold on of radiation is determined
by the number of images selected for last image hold rule of thumb is 8 frames of integration takes about
300 to 400ms.
The File is used by service to set the system parameters and operators preferences for certain
operations. The following list shows the default setting i n the service program.
Defaults Settings
1) Text Circle radius 221 (This value sets the operating text insert range of operation).
3) Screen Center X 518 ( Sets the center of all text a n d graphic operations w i t h i n the video
display output horizontally)
4) Screen Center Y 256 ( Sets the center of all text and graphic operations w i t h i n the video
display output vertical)
5) Radiation alert On (sets the speaker of the LMS2760 digital to beep approx. once per
second when radiation is on)
6) L i v e monitor transfer (Sets image system for simple left to right monitor transfer of image
or to live image transfer of video image form left monitor to right
monitor for A P / L A T views. Default setting from factory " L I V E
7) A u t o Select Contrast/rec (Sets use of contrast keys o n C - A r m control to be used to control the
following)
a) Adjust Contrast on monitors from C - A r m ± 3 Steps
To Change the setting just press number 7 key to toggle the selection.
8) Sharp L o w 15 (sets the post image enhancement value for L O W sharp filter. Value
is a percent of 100% possible)
9) Sharp H i g h 30 (sets the post image enhancement value for H I G H sharp filter. Value
set is a percent of 100% possible)
0) M e n u time out 1000 (Sets the time limit on the new patient display before it returns to
normal ready for Fluoro)
After y o u have changed the values y o u must press E N T E R key to save new values and then press
E N T E R again to save the new screen and exit, pressing E S C key exit the screen and w i l l not save
n e w values.
Defaults Page # 2
The File is used b y service to set the system parameters and operators preferences for certain
operations. The f o l l o w i n g list shows the default setting i n the service program.
Defaults Settings
1) A u t o clear Text during fluoro (This sets the operating text to bo removed form the screen w h e n
fluoroscopy radiation is released.)
M a n u a l l y turn off Text (This sets the operating text to be removed form the screen w h e n
manually selected by operator)
To activate press the number 1 key to toggle the setting from one selection to the other.
To activate press the number 2 key to toggle the setting f r o m one selection to the other.
3) D i s p l a y Dose: (Sets system to store and display o n hard copy a n d reference monitor one of the
f o l l o w i n g four selections)
1) A l l off
2) k V , m A , Time
To activate press the number 3 key to toggle the setting from one selection to the other.
5) Pulsed off time 249 (Sets me tune between each pulse before next pulse can start.
Recommend not using less than 249 ms. The system m a y not operate
properly w i t h less time than this.)
To activate press 4 then type i n the number of the setting f r o m numerical keys from 249 to 9 9 9 m s .
n o w press enter to save value
TEST PATTERNS
The test patterns are used for setting the monitor alignment and system testing.
Select the number "5 TEST P A T T E R N S " from the menu. Then one of the following
4) Step wedge (Provides a uniform step wedge of a value from B L K to W H T of 11 steps. This
5) Resolution (Provides a resolution test for monitor and hard copy camera)
6) Test Pattern (Provides a combination of gray scale, resolution, and grid pattern for setting
monitors and hard copy camera images)
7) L i v e video input ( Provides a live image under the circle and grid patterns for adjustment of
the monitors.)
8) Freeze video input (Provides the service engineer the ability to freeze the image f o r v i e w i n g
without keeping fluoroscopic radiation on. Press the " 8 " key w h e n y o u need
to freeze an image for viewing)
SPECIAL SELECTION:
9) C o p y B M P file to floppy ( Provides the operator w i t h the ability to save images to a floppy
disk, 4 can be stored on empty I B M formatted floppy disk)
C o p y B I N A R Y file to floppy ( U S E D F O R S E R V I C E O N L Y T O S E N D I M A G E S O F F U L L
I M A G E G R A Y SCALE TO T H E FACTORY FOR
E V A L U A T I O N OF I M A G E QUALITY)
NOTE: WITH SELECTION NUMBER "9" PRESS THE "9" KEY REPEATEDLY UNTIL THE
PROPER SELECTION IS DISPLAYED ON THE MONITOR THEN PRESS ENTER TO SAVE.
ALWAYS LEAVE THE SYSTEM FOR NORMAL OPERATION SET WLTH "BMP" FILE COPY
SELECTED.
To exit the test pattern mode press ESC the key to exit back to the service menu.
7 M S A Look Up tables (allows service engineer to adjust the L U T curve to enhance the difference in
the low black levels of the subtracted image to clearly see the injection
contrast media over bone)
8. RSA Look Up tables (allows service engineer to adjust the L U T curve to enhance the difference in
the low black levels of the subtracted image to clearly see the injection
contrast media over bone)
To adjust the curve values press the UP/Down key to raise or lower a values on the curve. Use the
RIGHT/ L E F T arrow keys to move the point on the curve to raise or lower.
Press the WNDW key to adjust the monitor brightness /contrast level. Use UP/DOWN arrow keys to
adjust brightness (OFFSET). Use The RIGHT/LEFT arrow keys to adjust Contrast (GAIN).
Press the fluoroscopy footswitch to view image on the left monitor for adjustment.
NOTE: You must select Noise reduction and edge enhancement before you enter service program
to be able to view the process values in the DSA, M S A , RSA service adjustment procedures.
9 Update System Software (Future use to allow system software upgrades and version releases)
INTERCONNECTION
DIAGRAMS FOR
IMS2000 DIGITAL IMAGE SYSTEM
INTERCONNECTING AND VIDEO HARNESS
BLOCK DIAGRAMS IMS2760
PURPOSE:
The following pages of block diagrams provide a quick and efficient w a y of finding the
varied and sometimes hard to locate interconnections between system boards, cable connections and controls
of the image system.
I M S 2000 D I G I T A L I M A G E SYSTEM W I T H D Y N A M I C I M A G E S T O R A G E
The I M S 2760 image System was released for operation M a r c h 28,1996 w i t h software IMS2760_01a
Software revision IMS2760_01a w i l l perform all basic Fluoroscopic operations, hard copy images, Image
Processing, Real Time Edge Enhancement, and Cholangiogram 2F/Sec, D S A Digital Subtracted Vascular
image operations w i t h Dynamic Image acquisitions at 4F/Sec.
- Optional expanded digital package w i t h 320 image storage, Image Processing Cholangiogram 2 F/Sec.
- Optional vascular image package with D S A , Cine 4 f / s and extended image store of > than 500 images
as special order.
See Figure 8.11 -1 for Image system Interface block Diagram. See Figure 8.11-2 for V i d e o Harness
connection.
MONITOR KEYBOARD
CONTROL AND INTERFACE
IMS2000
IMS2000 DIGITAL
MOBILE MONITOR CART KEYBOARD
w E R T Y U I o\ 1 ] j
*•
p / 1 2
3
A ! S? D ~ H * 3% Kt L ]
hi I 5 6
TEXT
F +
G " INSERT
SHIFl
KEY X * c' V B N M 1 I 7 8 9 0
o •
ACQMSfnQN
o o
MSA FRAME IMAGE MON MON AUTO IMAGE MAG SHUT
Mu-Op RATE PAGE L"*- R STORE CROP WNDW MASK
O H
TEXT j f t IHS
LIH CINE INV IMAGE
NOISE ON/OFF RESET 2 O c
VIDEO STORE
«ONl SHIFT
KEY
w
rm * W O I - D K > Rtv 7
I Figure 8.12 -1
Purpose:
Control all image system operations (i.e., text, image recall, image store, DSA, Cine,
post processing, image transfer etc.).
Description:
The keyboard is constructed of Touch Dome switch contacts sealed from liquids. There
are 81 keys and 7 L E D displays. The overlay is constructed of high quality chemical
resistant material designed for years of use.
The key board is a matrix of rows and columns read by the computer system by means
of a scanning software routine through an I/O board. The scan routine allows the
computer to determine which key is pressed. The keyboard interface board "KLB2000"
is located directly under the keyboard assembly and is attached by four nuts.
The KLB2000 board is attached by several cables to the computer I/O board which cares
all necessary information and signals for scanning the keyboard and other system
operations controlled by the keyboard.
Please read the keyboard and KLB2000 board description of function in this section of
the manual for more details and see figure 8.12-3 for keyboard diagram.
PURPOSE:
f KEYBOARD MONITOR
CASSETTE
I CART CONTROL JfTTI
SENSING
swrrcH
L KEYBOARD
KTB2000 X 4 INTERFACE
X7 BOARD
X2
Ulll
Paper POWER
•
Printer ON/OFF
V/OUT Jl 32 JO
COPY rr aJ
U108 X2 [ I/0#1 INPUT/OUTPUT
CAMERA
V/IN
UP-2000
IMAGE XC XB AT-BUS
BOARD XD PROCESSOR
VTDEO BUS Ii VC1-2000 CPU
VTP-2000 BOARD
y j d e o / Qtmjpiafta
486DX2100
2000 sszhi
2000
VIDEO VIDEO IN
J8
A,
PROCESSOR
C-ARM CONTROL
, .SIGNALS
C-ARM
CONTROL X3
BOARD
IXI U109 BOARD
C-ARM I.L VIDEO
CAMERA SYSTEM
f MONITOR
CART PLUG
Figure 8.12 - 2
E a c h intersection o f rows and columns has a unique software code defined f o r that
intersection w h i c h is dependent o n the system configuration (i.e. 16 frame, Post
Processing, Cholangiography, etc.).
There are f o u r special keys o n the keyboard which are separate f r o m the k e y b o a r d
matrix. T h e first two keys are the O N A N D O F F keys. T h e O n a n d O F F keys are
connected directly to the connector X 4 then to X 5 o f the interface b o a r d a n d finally to
the U l 11 power o n board o f the m o n i t o r cart.
T h e second two keys are the shift keys. These are used to extend the use o f the other
keys o n the keyboard (i.e. Z#). W h e n y o u press shift " Z " , y o u will get the code f o r the
number sign ("#").
T h e shift keys are grounded o n one side f r o m X 2 plug o f the interface b o a r d , and the
other lead goes to X 3 then to J l o f the I/O B o a r d .
Interrupt T.ine
Note: With Cine/DSA in loop capture orreplay operation, must holdkey for
longertimeto allow CPU to detect key pressed.
A t standby, the I/O card outputs lows on Port B0-C5 which goes to J l of the I/O B o a r d .
Then to X3 of the interface board and finally to X4 connector and the keyboard. This
makes all columns 1-14 low. The rows are at standby, with no signal present. Inputs
of U2 on interface board are seen as a high. Output of U2 is therefore a low. T h e
computer does not see an interrupt therefore no action is taken by the computer.
When " Q " is pressed on the keyboard, the low signal that is present at Column 1 pin 2
of X 4 is then sent out on Row 1 pin 17 of X4. This signal is then sent to pin 1 o f U2
which makes pin 8 of U2 go high +5V. The high signal is sent to J2 Pin 13 o f the I/O
Board from X3 pin 26 of the interface board. This high signal at J2 pin 13 o f the I/O
Board sends an interrupt IRQ7 to the P C bus where it is processed. At this moment
Rows 1-6 are sequentially scanned with a low signal and the columns are now changed
from output ports to input ports, and the C P U through the I/O polls columns 1-14 to
fmd the low scanned pulse of the rows to determine which key has been pressed on the
keyboard. As soon as the key has been determined, the system returns to standby
awaiting another key press.
Note: If you continually press a key, you will get a repeat of the key approximately
every 2 to 1 second as the system goes around in a loop from standby to interrupt to
standby again and again.
This only valid with software Rev. <10B. Above revision >10 software, no interrupt
is needed as C P U continually scans keyboard.
LED DISPLAYS:
The Interface Board also sends the interrupt to the I/O Board. The U 2 gate chip
controls the interrupt signal.
When you have a high on pin 8, this will cause an interrupt on the C P U to look at the
keyboard.
K 2 is the video printer relay. When the software option is present, the operator pushes
the keyboard " S H I F T H A R D C O P Y " and the C P U will send a high signal from the I/O
Board through XI pin 24 to U l pin 11. This causes pin 10 to go low and turn relay K 2
on. This low will only be present for 250 ms. K 2 supplies a dry contact to jumper
selection JPR2 1,2,3.
RESISTORS.
DIODES
D l . Blocking diode.
D 2 , D 3 , D 4 are used to suppress any spike from the relay coil when turned off.
CAPACITORS.
Ul INVERTOR.
\ / \
POWER
A
/\ \(
( \(
J\ \( ( \( ON PFF
\( \f St\ (\e \ t \(
J\ \f V
J\
J\ \f ) \ fXfX\ t fXfx fx \ t fx fX7
SHIFT SHIFT
\f
V )\ K I t 7% J\ \ / JL _ L
\( \( \( )\
\e )\ \t \ (t \( \\(t 7KX X \ t 7X7
( / \ /\ )\ \( /\
V 7X
\f fx \ t \7
\ (fx
26 25 19 20 21
17 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 7 8 10 ii 12 13 14
to
3
i
a,
w
o
H
a
c
X3 I io
26
19 21 23 25 24 22 18 13 20 16 15 17 14 12 X2 26 X5 1/2 7/8 9/10
Jl io
I/O BOARD 19 21 23 25 24 22 13 20 16 15 17 14 12
6 6 6
t t f t t M t t f M M M t f t t XR
• Y t t t • • • ••I M H H M M C-ARM
Interface
X
Power/On
2 U 1 U
Figure 8 . 1 2 - 3
NOTE: IRQ7 is used only with IMS2000 image systems with software < R E V 10
with R E V 10 software and higher the C P U scans the keyborad without the
in tempt signal.
CPU INTERFACE
I/O P O R T Jl BOARD X3 X4 KEYBOARD
IRQ7 J2 X3 U2PIN8
YES
YES
K E Y PRESSED RELEASE KEY
NO
PHYSI C A L YES
DAMA
K E Y B ( DARD
KEY
h NO
INTERUPT
STOPS SYSTEM
YES ,
yon PIN 13
& R E P L A C E I/O OPERATIONAL
LO W
STILL KEY
INTERUPT INTERUPJ
NO
STOPS
SYSTEM
REPLACE CPU N OPERATIONAL
STILL
INTERUPT
C A L L IMS
KEY
X 3 P EN 26
INTERUF]
O N I N IE R F A C E
YES STOPS
BOAR D L O W REPLACE SYSTEM
CABLE X3-J1 OPERATIONAL
NO
L_
YES C H E C K CIRCUIT P A T H
U 2 PIN 8 L O W
ON INTERFACE U 2 PIN 8 T O X 3 P I N 26
I
BOARD
BAD
INTERUPT
NO STOPS
REPLACE SYSTEM
INTERFACE BOARD OPERATIONAL
A N Y INPUT T O
U2 LOW YES
USE OHM METER T O CHECK KEYBOARD
ON INTERFACE YES REPLACE
MATRIX FOR STUCK K E Y OR D A M A G E D
BOARD
I
KEYBOARD
C O N N E C T O R X4
NO
INTERUPT
STOPS
REPLACE KEYBOARD!
INTERUPT STOPED
INTERFACE BOARD SYSTEM
O R IC U 2 OPERATIONAL
DfTERUPT COmTNUES
F I G U R E 8.12 - 5
C A L L IMS
VALID ONLY WITH SOFTWARE REVISION < 10
a® •
*
LU
£>
f\ KIB2000 VERSION OF T H E
B O A R D REV F JULY, 1995
X
o Modifications Are listed below
7T
D i-0 o
s
X
4) Install L E D 7 for #1 image
position hard copy camera
CO
X
rr rr rx cc
i- |Ol
DC lol
CM
CC 3K *
~3 IOI -3 M |2£
X8
s o
eg
i
H n
•—1
W172DIP-1
W172DIP-1
UL LnJ
F I G U R E 8.12-6
£til.
>S>>5>C>M>x5.XI<><><XXX!<><)<)<XJ(S
TtoB
•A 1
ii t aaas
1f
yvyvYvYYYYYTTYmn M I S55S-. i i—
hi %
Exposcop Plus LMS2000 Digital Section 8.12 02/01/96
SECTION 8.13
FLOPPY DISK
INTERFACE
IMS2000-FDI FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE
PURPOSE:
The FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE provides the operator the ability to copy images from memory
to a std IBM formatted 1.44 M B floppy disk 4 images in a BMP file format for review of images
with all patient information on a std IBM V G A display monitor. The images can be used for
teaching, etc..
LOCATION:
The floppy is mounted with a bracket to the monitor brightness control box located directly under
the display monitors. The front of the control box is cut to allow easy access to the floppy drive.
The floppy controller is located in the Computer case and is attached to the controller with a 34 pin
ribbon cable. The power is connected from the internal power supply to the floppy by a 4 pin
connector.
OPERATION:
The Floppy is set as a non bootable drive in the BIOS configuration of the mother board. The
BIOS is set for A: floppy but is turned off for direct booting. C: drive or the hard drive is selected
as the boot disk. Therefore the floppy is only able to read and store under direct commands to do
so. The service software under selection 4 allows the service engineer to select the drive when an
update to the software has been sent to the filed. They select insert the disk in the floppy drive then
select service menu, select item 4, then press item 5 to start the software update procedure.
The system will read the floppy disk and determine if the disk is correctly set up and security
correct then it will execute the file command on the disk.
The second use of the floppy drive is for image transfer form memory. The system will allow the
operator to copy an image form memory to the floppy disk by inserting a disk in the drive then
selecting the patient file key from the monitor control keyboard. Once the patients files are
displayed the operator press the right arrow key of the keyboard to highlight the copy menu
selection. Then the operator selects any image form the patient files and presses the ENTER key to
copy the image to the floppy drive. The copy routine will take approximately 20 sec.
NOTE: The operator must use only new IBM formatted floppy disks formatted for 1.44 MB.
The images copied to the floppy disk are 8 bit BMP file format. This means the images are fully
compatible with most graphic image software programs for DOSAVTNDOWS applications, i.e.
Corel Draw, Paint, Word for Windows, WordPerfect, etc. The BMP file format refers to a BIT-
MAPPED-GRAPHIC image. The original image was 10 bits but was converted and normalized for
the B M P file format and will retain good image quality.
The diagrams in this section show the bracket and cable connections for the floppy drive. See
section 7 for location of floppy drive.
Bottom
View
HDD CON
CN2
38 to 40" Computer
ATA
'4 conductor H/D
Power cable Floppy
+12Vdc and +5Vdc Controller
CPU
Power Supply
230 Watts
Fig 8.13-1
09/06/95
Section 8.13
Exposcop Plus IMS2000 Rev. 1 - 2
Floppy Drive Interface
Medical Svstems
Exposcop Plus IMS2000 Section 8.13 09/06/95
o o
VCI BOARD
VIDEO C-ARM INTERFACE
CONTROL BOARD
IMS2000
VCI 2000 Board
PURPOSE:
The VCI2000 interface board controls video routing to and from Video Image Processor and the
UPS2000 high line rate display board. The C-arm Radiation Request and Release Radiation
signals to and form the Image Processor C P U pass through this board. Radiation is blocked by
relay RL7 mounted on the interface board. Description of function is included with this section.
The following pages provide block diagrams and information on signals for radiation request and
release.
A B c
0 0 0 = FLUOROSCOPY
0 0 1 = NAJ
0 1 0 = N/U
0 1 1 = NAJ
1 0 0 = N/U
1 0 1 = N/U
1 1 0 = N/U
1 1 1 = D C A M SETS O U T P U T F O R M C A M E R A T O R I G H T M O N I T O R
R E L A Y F U N C T I O N LIST
XA This cable connects the VCI2000 board to the U361 board connector
X 4 . The radiation request, release and hard copy camera busy sig are
found in this connector
XB This cable connects the VCI2000 board to the DIO 48 I/O board J l .
This cable carries the C - A r m control, and relay control signals.
XD This is a 15 pin " D " connector. It carries the video signal for the
system.
MISCELLANEOUS DESCRIPTION
U2(IC2) This IC is used as a line driver for signal from the X B connector.
10 PAO N/C
8 PA1 N/C
4 PA2 > FLUORO
6 PA3 >
1 PA4 H A R D C O P Y C A M E R A B U S Y SIG.
3 PA5 >
5 PA6 A C Q U I R E I M A G E S ( R A D I A T I O N IS ON)
7 PA7
19 PBO < N.C.
21 PB1 <
23 PB2 <
25 PB3 < SYSTEM BUSY(RADIATION BLOCKED)
24 PB4 < P A P E R P R I N T E R S T A R T ( R E L A Y K2)
22 PB5 < A }
18 PB7 < C }
2 + 5 V D C F R O M I/O C A R D
26 0 V D C F O R M I/O C A R D
1 N/C
2 N/C
3 > NOT USED
4 > NOT USED
5 > NOT USED
6 < NOT USED
7 < NOT USED
8 > NOT USED
9 > NOT USED
10 > NOT USED
11 > H A R D C O P Y C A M E R A IS E X P O S I N G
F I L M ( H A R D C O P Y B U S Y SIG)
12 > RADIATION REQUEST B Y C - A R M
13 < RADIATION RELEASED B Y IMAGE
SYSTEM. ( K7 R E L A Y )
14 NOT USED
15 > NOT USED
16 — > NOT USED
17 < + 5 VDC FORM IMAGE SYSTEM
18 NOT USED
19 NOT USED
20 > ACQUIRE VIDEO SIGNAL
21 NOT USED
22 > NOT USED
23 > R A D I A T I O N R E L E A S E IS R E Q U E S T E D
BY THE C-ARM.
24 NOT USED
5 < > IMAGE SYSTEM GROUND
26 0V
1 > VIDEO F R O M T V C A M E R A X P O
2 < C A M E R A V I D E O T O VIP2000 J8
3 > NOT USED
4 .. > UPS2000 R I G H T M O N I T O R V I D E O
OUTPUT Jl5
5 <- —- 525 C A M E R A O R UPS2000 V I D E O
OUTPUT
6 > N / U (NOT U S E D )
7 > N/U
8 > N/U
9 < > }
10 < > }
13 < N/U
14 < N/U
15 < N/U
XC CONNECTOR
tyi
5
Q
s
as
OC
03
CO >
DC
I-
Z
> o
LU LU
CO
LU ^ £
LU O
s £ sy
o
< 03 5 <
O O
I CO E
I
Q
Ii S o z.
CO LU
£§
cr I
< 5
co 2
LU 52 £
^> CO co O
_J
< o
io o *
CD CO
f c
5 2.
X LU 5 ,J:
O £0 o £2
LU ^
co g 5
LU cr.
> 11 CO LU
5 CC
I
Exposcop 7000 / LMS2760 Section 8.14 04/05/90
International Medical System. VCI2000 Board Rev. 2 - 1 0
Exposcop 70O0/IMS2760 Section 8.14 04/05/96
I—* 1 \A Jir.„\
a C,;n 0
v r n n n n RnarH Rev. 2-11
Exposcop 7000 / LMS2760 Section 8.14 04/05/96
International Medical System. VC12000 Board Rev. 2 - 1 2
SECTION 8.15
VIDEO LINE
ISOLATOR
VIDEO LINE ISOLA TOR FOR IMA GE SYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
The Digital Image system is isolated off ground to avoid interference in the video system
caused by ground loops. Ground loops will occur when different A C / D C power supply line
ground potentials develop. With isolation of the image system and only having one ground
point in the T V camera, we eliminate the potential for a ground loop from the C P U power
supply. However, when the V C R option is installed in the DIS image system, the V C R will
cause a ground loop through its power cord assembly. Thus, we must install a device to
isolate the T V camera from this second ground. •
PURPOSE
The Video Line Isolator is a unique "opto-coupled" video-line isolator which provides a safe
and effective method of eliminating interference in video systems caused by ground loops.
By isolating the input ground and the output ground, problems caused by different A C
power line ground potentials are elirninated. The front panel lamp indicates the existence
of a potential shock hazard. (Internal gain and tilt adjustments provide frequency
compensation for long cable runs not used by the DIS system).
INPUT PARAMETERS
OUTPUT PARAMETERS
2 3/8'
VIDEO LINE
ISOLATOR
USE ISOLATOR AS
TEMPLATE.
U117
VTDEO LINE ISOLATOR
TEMPLATE #1
MONITOR CART
Hazard Indicator
BNC Video Input Lamp v
y __
VIDEO LINE
ISOLATOR
T
A
BNC video Output Power ON/Test
Switch
Power Cord
E
C>! Video Monitor i Video Monitor
Chassis J ^"*
-
Base Board ' Base Board
Ground •
|;,
r mfm mm.
i.i'i.T...
Only
Used With
V C R Option
Video
Ground
H Video Ground
VCR
Power Ground
X D Video
Interface Connector
HOVac Input
X2 VIP2000 X2 | XI Isolated
Analog Ground U_ — Analog Ground Power Supply
» 1
1 220Vac
* - - • 4 Digital Ground Ground
f - J Digital
UPS2000 Board
Bus Connectors •
OVER-VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
IMS2000
OVER-VOLTAGE PROTECTION IMS2000 DIGITAL
GROUND ISOLATION
The Digital Image System is isolated from ground to avoid any ground loops in the video signal. This
eliminates unwanted interference in the video image but has the potential to allow high voltage to be
present on the Computer case if the camera chassis ground opens. For this reason the installation of an
Over-Voltage Protector was made. The over-voltage protector assembly consists of two diodes back to
back mounted on a metal bracket. This arrangement will cause the power supply fuses to blow if any
voltage over .6V is detected above ground. See Fig. 8.17 -1, 8.17 - 2 below.
D A N G E R ; Do not remove the Over-Voltage protection assembly under any
circumstances.
Bracket holds
V C I 2 0 0 0 board MONITOR C A R T
and Protection Dioes
FLOPPY DIRIVE
INTERFACE BOARD
HARD DRIVE
B A Y 1 -3 A T A
FAN
U116
POWER
109
CONTROL
VCI-2000
DIODES
IMS2000
BRACKET
Figure 8 . 1 7 - 2
CART/CHASSIS
GND
Figure 8 . 1 7 - 1
DIODE CONFIGURATION
DOCUMENTATION
MONITOR INTERFACE
IMS2000
MODIFICATION FOR VIDEO RASTER LINE SUPPRESSION OF
DOCUMENTATION MONITOR.
INTRODUCTION
The D O C U M E N T A T I O N MONITOR or Hardcopy Camera is a high quality, small CRT display tube and
electronics for the express purpose of exposing a film for long term image archiving. The Hardcopy
Camera system displays a standard RSI70a monochrome video image when it comes from the factory and
as such will show the retrace or video raster lines on the exposed film.
PURPOSE
To eliminate the raster lines from the film, the display video signal that goes to the hardcopy camera when
the hardcopy key is pressed is modified to a new vertical timing. The video signal measured will be four
times as long in the vertical timing pulse than with a standard RSI70a video signal. The horizontal timing
does not change during this time. The new video time is 66.4 ms from vertical pulse to vertical pulse. The
display when viewed by the naked eye seems to flash or roll but the film will integrate this and thus
ehminate the raster lines from the image and give sharp, clean films for archiving without annoying black
lines across the image.
The IMS2000 Video Image Processor has special produce video output sync timing required for the
documentation monitor to suppress video raster tines. In addition to the Image Processor board, special
software routines are needed for control of the Image Processor board.
This modification consists of the replacement of the capacitor C42 with a new value of 1.8 nF on power
supply +V deflection board. This will cause the monitor Vertical deflection timing to change.
The +V Deflection board is located in the documentation monitor case assembly mounted on the left side of
the C R T chassis.
Figure 8.18-3 shows the location of components in the Documentation monitor system.
Figure 8.18-4 shows the physical location of the capacitor C42 on the -(-Vertical Deflection board.
Figure 8.18-5 shows Power supply +V Deflection adjustment potentiometers.
Figure 8.18-6 shows Power Supply +V Deflection board schematic and circuit location of C42.
When you press the record button, the C P U scans the keyboard matrix and decodes the hardcopy record
button. This sends a high signal from connector JO pin 14 of the I/O board to pin 9 of U l via Keyboard
interface connector X I pin 14. Pin 8 of U l then gives a low to K l relay. This turns K l relay on. This low
is a 250 ms pulse from the I/O card. The normally open contact of K l closes shorting X 6 pins 15,16 on
the keyboard interface board. This cable from X 6 goes to U108 board X 2 connector on the side of the
hardcopy camera. The momentary closure of K l sets IC14 to a count of "16". A s soon as the contact
opens with the next V pulse, IC14 counts down 16 V-pulses (16 x 66.4 ms = 1062.4 ms), the C R T
monitor is unblanked, "monitor on". A t the same time, IC12 and IC13 clock inputs are cleared.
When the counters IC12and IC13 have counted down to zero, exposure ends, monitor is blanked and IC7
blocks the input of the exposure button to prevent a further exposure. T o reset the counter IC7, the cassette
has to be removed and reinserted. A t the end of the exposure, a signal is sent out on X 5 pin 1 and pin 2.
The cable connected between X 5 of U108 and X 6 of U109 is polarity sensitive. Pin 1 of X 5 must go to
pin 1 of X 6 . This cable connects the hardcopy camera timeout to U109 board to allow the computer to
sense the end of exposure by hardcopy camera. Failure to have this cable connected will cause premature
termination of the hardcopy printing cycle. The result could be horizontal sync lines or a faint image
appearing on the film.
NOTE: IMAGE WILL APPEAR AS 1/4 OF THE SCREEN AT TOP EDGE OF CRT IF CAMERA
PLUG IS PULLED OUT ,THIS IS NORMAL. (SEE FIG. 8.18 - 2 for display and figure 8.18
- 3 Item #8 for camera plug location) ONLY WHEN HARDCOPY CAMERA SWITCH IS
PRESSED (#39) ON THE KEYBOARD, WILL THE IMAGE FILL THE CRT. TO ALLOW LONG
VIEWING OF IMAGE, PRESS TIMER SWITCH (#9 ) ON SIDE OF HARDCOPY CAMERA TO 9.
NOW INSTALL CAMERA PLUG. PRESS #39 ON KEYBOARD AND VIDEO IMAGE WILL BE
VISIBLE FOR APPROXIMATELY 10 -12 SECONDS ON THE CRT OF THE HARDCOPY CAMERA.
A FLICKERING IMAGE IS NORMAL DURING THIS OPERATION.
NOTE: Video timing is 66.4 ms between vertical sync pulses during hardcopy operation.
Horizontal timing is not altered.
* 66.4 ms
Figure 8.18-2
Note: A small two-wire connector must be installed between U109 X6 pin 1 and 2 to U108 X5 pin I and
2. X6 pin I must go to pin 1 ofX5. If this wire is not present or connected reversed, system will fail to
give proper exposures.
ED
Position
Vertical Freq
V - D Y N Focus
I \ V-C-Lin.
P10)
E>
1
' V-Apml.
V-Anml
V-S-Lin
(3
film exposure. +4V " '+7V
©
L6
Single image camera will © Vertical
have only one lens and
Position |P12 | H - Ampl.
will allow one exposure
ED
before blocking hard copy
image to CRT.
£ £ H Phase
+ *v H - D Y N Focus/"
(3 ED
*v I^ + ^ |
O ID
/ y/0UT A to provide the proper seperation and size
©0 0
for images on document film media.
MP5
T h i s aperture is o n l y to be used with two 1MP3
frame documentation monitor and is for
Remove 100Q resistor. MP7 r
use only with the I M S D I S image system. MP4
Install 2.2uf capacitor 25V."" + 12V L
I. Power O N L E D
Line Deflection Board 3 2 1 3 2 1
5. Contrast Adjustment
© © © © © © SYNC
6. Brightness Adjustment
v
^JL
12. Video B N C O U T Connector
( Netzteil )
13. Video 75Q Termination Swi:,
Ul 17 Power
18. Fuse Holders Negative Image
Supply Outside C i r c l e
Jumper setting EXPOSURE 1
U108 Board '
Iaside C i r c l e
1.8 mf C42 Capacitor Installed
for Z1024 Line Display
© 0 0
220VAC
Test F i l m Imase-
U l 17
U108 X5 Connector Cable
• U109X6 Connector
Modification of the two frame documentation monitor for use with the "IMS2000 DIGITAL" image system.
WARNNING USE CAUTION W H E N W O R K I N G O N THIS A S S E M B L Y A S H I G H V O L T A G E IS P R E S E N T WHEN 7. After ad)'-5tr".e"i turn off power and remove power cord form power source. Then reinstall the C R T assembly back in the housing reversing s e ; .
POWER IS O N A N D M A Y C A U S E S E R I O U S INJURY
8. Replace frost rover and load film in the film cassette. Insert cassette in documentation camera slot and remove slide to prepare film for exposurt ? s s s H a d copy button to expose
1. Turn off power to monitor cart and disconnect power supply cord form power source. Remove the C R T assembly from the Documentation housing film. Processe film and determine image position and adjust Aperture position as necessary untill images on the film have equal seperation and a L p z e a of images are straight with
and place on a non-conductive support in front of the housing. N O T E : Remove four Allen bolts (item 19) located in the four corners of the edge of film. N O T E : You must make exposures between adjustments to verify image position on the film media. See Figure 8.18 - 11
support bracket to remove C R T assembly. See Figure 8 . 1 8 - 7
9. Adjustmen: si the image quality, i.e.. Contrast and Brightness are to be completed before system is return to use. Keep images for reference an; eg prangs of contrast and brightness
2. Remove V Deflection board and replace C42 capacitor with a 1.8 mf capacitor mounted on the rear of the board. See Figure 8 . 1 8 - 7 above. in the service jc-g for future use.
3. Remove 100 SI resistor from the input video B N C connector of the V M 1721 Pre-Amp assembly and install a 2.2uf capacitor to suppress 10. Change position of jumper from positive image to negative image setting for best image quality. See detail of schematic in service manual
60 Hz hum. See Figure 8 . 1 8 - 7
REVISIONS TOLERANCE UNLESS ITEM 2/FRAME SIDE l OF I
OTHERWISE
4. install CI 1 lOOpf capacitor from R22 to Groung plane on the VM172I circuit board for frequency response. See Figure 8.18 - 10 SPECIFIED
%IMS
APPROVALS : A T E
F I L E NAME
DESCRIPTION D A T E APPROVED
2 FRAME CAMERA MOD
5. Remove Present aperture plate and install new aperture plate and center the aperture plate. fc Produce i o n Release S/23/55 B,.W. DRAWN RICHARD W. = 55
DESIGN RICHARD W. - . • ••• PART NO.
6. Use service software 1MS2OO0 image test display #6 and set image size on the C R T to 45mm + 1.5mm for the inside circle and 83.00mm +
CHECKED
1.5mm for outside circle. See example of image Figure 8.18 - 11. Use adjustment potentiometers on V deflection board for Vertical size and position.
Now adjust the the horizontal size with L6, and horizontal linearity L7 located on the Line Deflection board. If you can not achive the correct size AUTH
SCALE DWG NO. REV
with L6, try to adjust the anode voltage power using P L See Figure 8 . 1 8 - 9 NOTE: BE CAREFUL WHEN ADUSTING 16, L7 AND PI THESE SIZE
Sect. 8.18 Fig 7 - 11 B 82395-1A 1
CONTROL THE HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY AND MAY CAUSE DAMAGE IF CARE IS NOT EXERCISED. FINISH:
N/A
LMS20)0 Service Manual DO mt S C A L E DRWAING
Page Rev 1 - 7